SiG ard’ eat betes it Nery “UICAN. a NSN ned: als ba NA ' Wii o, yuu wn eon. Song ! nice iia l “ 4 AB “* \ bands colourless. v. castanea (chestnut). typ. Sat ae 00000 co - 5 aes 00300, &c. A 55 v. voseolabiata, ... 00000 vs ae v. bimarginata. ... 00000 v. lutea, Moq. yellow... typ. te 560 50 00000 a i ase He Sa “ss wie See OZB A ccs a “3 ere ... V. voseolabiata. ... 00000 39 ” tP)s. sie -}) 12345 ae So v. fuscolabiata. ... 00000 ” ” ” 12345 a5 ie aoe seer ty Ds v. arvenicola. v. zncarnata, Moq. red or ” 00000 rosy red. ” ” ” sie) 12345, &c. of 5 v. luteolabiata. 00000 ” ” ” 12345 m > v. roseolabiata. ... 00000 ” ” ” 12345 ae ro v. fuscolabiata. ... 00000 9 39 ”” I 2345 v. baudonia, Moq. light brown or) ges. "d ed % Ais fawn. } 28 99 tel be) a =? I 2345 3 59 v. voseolabiata. 00000 39 39 3° 5 fhe I 2345 ss ns v. fuscolabiata. 00000 9 ” ” I 2345 v. olivacea, Taylor, olive brown or } ; > typ. 00000 liver coloured. ) ” 2) 39 em ie I 2345 as af v. roscolabiata. 00000 ” ” ” ce I 2345 ae a vy. fuscolabiata. 00000 ” ” ” 12345 v. dilacina, Taylor, bluish violet. typ. ... 5c 00000 E 55 .. v. rvoseolabiata. 00000 5 an v. fuscolabiata. 00000 Other primary varieties may be known. The referees of the Conchological Society recognise, I think, a v. carnea, but the * The “‘&c.”’ in Schedule means one or more of the varieties arising from confluence of bands, as (12)345, 1(23)45, (123)45, and the like; or partial absence of bands, as 023453 or resolution of bands into spots, as :2345, 1:345 3 or reduction of bands to fine lines, as 1,345, 12345. EYRE: ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF VARIETIES. 9 present paper may serve to draw attention to the necessity of a good classification, and serve as a basis upon which to proceed. It does not seem desirable to extend the table so as to embrace Colour of Band, as voseozonata, luteozonata, or other forms of colouring. Further, it is possible for any one of the variations above-mentioned to depart from the zyfe in size or shape. The shell may be over- grown, stunted, depressed, conical, scalariform, or sinistral. Two or three such deviations have already been recorded in this country. HELIX NEMORALIS. Ground Colour. Lip. Banding. Type—Yellow. Black. 12345. var. Jibellula, Risso. yellow. ... typ. ..- a0 ae sce 00000 be) 29 +f) 00300 sy S3 Ar Gas (45) ) and many others. Vv. ieolabiaey, + von Mart. Age 00000 a a + transparent, v. Ayalozonata, Taylor. aay be = 53 3 ... citron, v. céfronozata. gg? a 33 .- pink, v. voseozonata, Ckll. » 99 ” ese vee various bands. rr, P v. /uteotabiata.... transparent, v. Ayalozonata. a < v. hybrida, Porret= ) - , , ed a9 . 3 v. roseolabiata,Taylor. } ” +) ” 00000 as a 3 f various bands. 2 45 v. dzmarginata, Picard 50¢ 00000 Sp oe 45 00305 and others. ae , ‘ transparent bands var. albescens, Moq. whitish. ... v. démarginata. ?... { P Z { v. Ayalozonata. ad nA oon sss OO0000 ? 53 35 we. Ve Aybrida. CoE 50¢ various bands. 00000 ? var. vwzbella, Mog. red or) yellowish red.) 7 - 7 Ae 20 00300 and many others ( ¢ndulata, Gent. (:: :::) { transverse markings. typ. ».. tee see eee 00000 99 29 ” fee eee na sc v.hybrida. ... BGO te 00000 re -. <3 oes wes ae 00300 Bs 7 be Sa typ. and many others. es < v. dimarginata. “fie nee 00000 i. 5 He ds BoC 00300 and others. var. carnea, R. & T. flesh) Salanredien ty PS ees aby Ses 12345 and others. var. castanea, Mog. chestnut.... typ. ... oe 96¢ 00000 a Be sae Ss wae 508 brokea bands and others. var. olivacea, Gassies. olive. ... typ. ... 500 ane c00 00000 5 a5 Sout Se aoe Bae 366 a few banded. var. petiveria, Mog. light brown or fawn. var. staderta, Mog. deep lilac. typ. ? ... 200 doe vee 00000 DS Lendoe cic -.. afew banded forms. IO CRICK: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTHAMPTONSHIRE MOLLUSCA. The shells of some one or more of the above may be abnormal in shape or size, major (dia. 25, alt. 19 m.m.), szcnxor (‘‘ remarkably diminutive ”), compressa (dia. 22°5, alt. 15 m.m.), contca (dia. 21°5, alt. 19 m.m.), ¢enuis, sinistrorsa, scalariformis, each more or less characteristic, have been recorded. The band formula (:::::) zzdu/ata, must be interpreted to imply that all the bands are broken into patches, and at the same time confluent, so as to result in distinct transverse coloured streaks. It is not thought desirable to extend the table beyond its present limits, which is based on recent records, and compiled from such sources as were at hand ; neither does it profess to be complete, but to embrace the great majority of forms prevailing in this country. The ? inserted is an indication of insufficient evidence. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF NORTHAMPTONSHIRE. By WALTER D. CRICK, Northampton. 1706.—J. Morton.—-‘*A Letter from the Reverend Mr. Morton, A.M., and S.R.S., to Dr. Hans Sloane, S. R. Secr., containing a Relation of River and other Shells digg’d up, together with various Vegetable Bodies, in a Bituminous Marshy Earth, near Mears-Ashby in Northamptonshire, with some Reflections there- upon. As also an Account of the progress he has made in the Natural History of Northamptonshire.” Phil. Trans., xxv., 1706, No. 305, Art. IV. Reprinted in Journ. Northamp., N.H. Soc., VOI. lil., ‘Dp. 315, 1005; 1712.—]. Morton.—“ The Natural History of Northamptonshire ; with some Account of the Antiquities. To which is annex’d a Transcript of Doomsday Book, so far as it relates to that County.” London, 1712. Chap. VII. of Brute Animals (p. 414). The part relating to the Mollusca was reprinted, with explanations, in Journ. Northants. N. H. Soc., vol. iii., p. 316, 1885. 1803.—G. Montacu.—* Testacea Britannica, or Natural History of British Shells.” —P. 288, Zvochus terrestris Penn (= Hy. fulvus) ; P- 343, Zurbo elegans Gmel. (= Cyclos. elegans); p. 393, Heltx obscura Gmel. (= Bulimus obscurus) ; p. 406, H. pomatia; p.430,; H. aculeata ; p. 440, H. paludosa Da Costa (= 1. pulchella). CRICK : BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTHAMPTONSHIRE MOLLUSCA. II 1836.—Rev. M. J. BeRKELEY.—‘‘ Notices of the occurrence of Dreissena polymorpha Van Beneden in Northamptonshire.” (With Illustrations). Loudon’s Mag. of Nat. Hist. IX., pp. 572-3, 1836. 1837.—J. Cotr.—“ The History and Antiquities of Wellingborough.” P. 212—‘“ Among the freshwater shells which occur in the vicinity have been noticed Lémnea stagnalis, L. auricularia, Planorbis, &c.” 1840.—JOHN Epwarp Gray.—“ A Manual of the L. & F.W. Shells of the British Islands, with figures of each of the kinds.” By William Turton, M.D. A new edition, thoroughly revised and much enlarged, by John Edward Gray, F.R.S., &c. London, 1840. P. 35, H. pomatia, and p. 303, D. polymorpha. 1853.—Forses & Hanirey.—‘ A History of British Mollusca and their Shells.” London, 1853, vol. ii., p. 168, D. polymorpha. 1853.—E. J. Lowe.—‘‘ The Conchology of Nottingham, or a popular History of the recent L. and F. W. Mollusca found in the neighbourhood.” References to p. 18, D. polymorpha, and p- 97, Zon. fulvus. 1862.—JOHN Gwyn JEFFREYS.—‘ British Conchology.” Vol. 1.,p.62. By. Leachit var. elongata; p.90, Planorbis carinatus; p. 305, Cyclos. elegans. 1862.—[ANON.|—Helix fomatia in Northamptonshire. London Review, p. 348, 1862. Di A "COCKERELL, HZ Saheb oa, Institute of Jamazca. Tue facts mentioned by Dr. Scharff in his interesting and timely note (Conch., p. 14, 1892) are undoubtedly of importance, but the conclusion, as expressed in his work on the Slugs of Ireland (p. 513), that Zzmax and its allies must be united with Ae/zx in one family * Naturalist’s World, vol. ii. p. 143 (1885). COLLINGE: FURTHER REMARKS ON BURROWING HABITS. 29 conchologist will be found to adopt such an arrangement. The true result, following the researches of Simroth and others, is that the Arviexide constitute a distinct family; but the validity of the Limacide as a family group still remains, and it still remains true, as I believe, that the Arvzontde are more related to the He/icide than to the Zimacide. Thus the arrangement given by me in P.Z.S., 1891, p. 216, based largely on characters of the jaw and lingual ribbon, is in no wise affected. In classifying slugs it is very difficult at times to find good characters to distinguish groups, and probably the jaws and lingual ribbon are, on the whole, as useful as any others, if used with caution. Dr. Scharff relies in part upon the shell and caudal gland ; but it must be remembered that some Aviontde have a calcareous shell, while the caudal gland, although present in 477on, is wanting in Anadenus and other genera belonging to the same sub-family, and is present in various tropical genera of Zimacide. How far the other characters hold good, we are not yet altogether in a position to judge, and further researches into the anatomy of the several genera, such as those Dr. Simroth has so ably conducted, are much to be desired. Kingstown, Jamaica, May 1, 1892. SOME FURTHER REMARKS ON THE BURROWING HABITS OF CERTAIN LAND MOLLUSCS. By WALTER E. COLLINGE, Assistant Demonstrator in Zoology, St. Andrews University. My observations “‘On the Burrowing Habits of Certain Land and Freshwater Molluscs” * seems to have awakened some little interest in the subject, and has induced me to give further and closer attention to a matter of such importance. In speaking of Geomalacus maculosus, Allm., 1 quoted the well- known observations of Allman and Jeffreys on this species, but purposely refrained from commenting upon the same until they were verified by some other observer, as I doubted both statements. Dr. Scharff, who has not only paid careful attention to this species in Captivity, but also in its natural habitat, writes me: ‘‘I quite * “Naturalist,” p. 75 (1891). 30 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE L.. AND F. MOLLUSCA OF SUSSEX. disbelieve in their supposed power of elongating themselves so as to assume the appearance of a worm. ‘They flatten themselves out very much, and are thus enabled to creep into very narrow fissures in rocks, but they will not escape through a perfectly round hole in a tin box, even if it should be almost a quarter of an inch wide.” Speaking of Amalia sowerbyt, Fér., Dr. Scharff says he has “frequently found it buried several inches beneath the surface, destroying bulbs and living on vegetable matter—in fact, it is a most typical burrowing slug in this country ” (Ireland). Last autumn I found numerous cases where fairly large specimens of H. aspersa, Mill., had burrowed to depths of from five to six inches. Mr. George Paul, F.R.M.S., informed me some little time ago that he frequently found Agr. agrestis, L., at depths varying from six to eight inches. JH. rufescens, Penn., and H. hispida, L., are very plentiful on the summit of the cliffs along the East Sands near to St. Andrew’s. The latter species is the more abundant, and I am inclined to think that what I previously thought were the burrows of earthworms are burrows excavated by the mollusc itself. It is very difficult to say whether or not they have been first formed by earthworms. In one case I dug out three specimens—two immature, the other adult—in a distinct burrow which seemed to terminate at a depth of about seven inches. Claustlia rugosa, Drap., a species I have not yet met with at any depth, except under stones, has been found in Yorkshire by a friend of mine, in damp earth at a depth of five inches. Mr. J. W. Taylor records (Journ. Conch., p- 299, 1888) the finding of Bulimus montanus, Drap., at a depth of two feet in Somersetshire. I hope next winter to continue these observations, and I trust others interested in the subject will do the same. The oft occurring question, What becomes of the slugs and snails in winter? has not yet been satisfactorily answered, but I think that careful and continued observation will prove that a very large proportion, if not all, burrow, and in some cases, to considerable depths. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF SUSSEX. 1840.—J. E. Gray.—“ A Manual of the L. and F. Shells of the British Islands.” By William Turton; a new edition by John Edward Gray, 1840. References on pp. 35, 37, 146, 47, and 216: BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE L. AND F. MOLLUSCA OF SUSSEX. ol 1845.—T. VERNON WoLLasTon.—‘ Carniverous propensity of the Helicide.” Zool., pp. 943-4, 1845. Three /elices are recorded as having been collected at Bulverhithe. 1853.—W. H. Hawker.—“ Discovery of A. obvo/uta in Hampshire.” Zool., p. 3764, 1853. Recorded for Sussex also. 1853.—W. C. Unwin.—“A List with Notes on the Habitats and Localities of the L. and F. Mollusca, observed in the vicinity of Lewes, in Sussex.” Morris’ Naturalist, pp. 54-58, 1853. 1854.—R. H. S. SmirH.—‘ List of L. and F. Mollusca found near Sevenoaks, Kent.” Zool., p. 4333, 1854. A. concinna recorded for Sussex. 1858.—Drxon and Watson.—‘‘A Descriptive Manual of British Enand)E. Shells,” "p:. 53. 1860.— Mrs. MErRIFIELD. — “Natural History of Brighton,” pp. 155-161. 1862.—J. Gwyn JEFFREYS.—‘‘ British Conchology.” Reference in vol. 1., pp. 106, 193, and 282. 1864.—Mrs. MERRIFIELD.—‘“ A List of the L. and F. Mollusca which have been met with in the neighbourhood of Brighton.” Merrifield’s ‘‘ Sketch of the Nat. Hist. of Brighton,” p. 223. 1866.—RALPH TaTE.—“ A Plain and Easy Account of the L. and F. Mollusca of Great Britain.” Sussex notes on pp. 121-5-6-7, £39, 140, 48) 070, 192, and 222. 1868.—WM. JEFFERY.—“ A Season’s Collecting of L. and F. Shells in West Sussex.” Zool., pp. 1215-17, 1868. 1869.—J. Gwyn JrrFFReys.—“ British Conchology.” Vol. v., pp. 152 and 159. 1871.—COMMITTEE OF THE EASTBOURNE N. H. Soc.—“ A List of the Mollusca which have been found in the neighbourhood of Eastbourne.” Published in the 8th ed. of Gowland’s “‘ Guide to Eastbourne.” 1873.—F. C. S. Roper.—‘‘ Supplement to the Fauna and Flora of Eastbourne ” (privately printed). 1873.—COMMITTEE OF THE EAsSTBOURNE N.H. Soc.—Lists of Fauna. Published in Chambers’ “ Handbook for Eastbourne.” 1875.—THEO. GODLEE.— Helix obvoluta, Miller.” Quar. Jy. Conch. pp. 67-8. 1875.—THEO. GODLEE.— Helix caperata, v. ornata.” Quar. Jy. Coneh:, p70. 32 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE L. AND F. MOLLUSCA OF SUSSEX. 1875.—J. E. Hartinc.— Rambles in search of Shells.” Sussex notes, pp. 34, 71, 72, 75, 76, 79, 81, 83, 86, and 88. 1877.—]JOSEPH WEAVER.—“ The History of Harting, in the County of Sussex,” by the Rev. H. D. Gordon. Ch. iv., pp. 307-323. Contains an account of the Mollusca found in the Parish of Harting. 1877.—JNo. W. TayLor.—“ Limax gagates at Hastings.” Quar. Jy. Conch., p. 245. 1878.—J. E. Hartinc.—‘‘ The L. and F. Mollusca of Sussex.” Zool., pp. 84-94, 122-126, 161-168. 1878.—Tom JEFFERY.—‘“L. and F. Mollusca of Sussex.” Zool., p- 180-1. 1878.—A. W. Lancpon.—‘“‘ The Natural History of Hastings and St. Leonards and the vicinity.” List of the Mollusca, with short notes, at pp. 12-14. 1879.—F. C. S. Roper.—“ On the Additions to the Fauna and Flora of the Crickmere District during the past year.” Eastbourne N. H. Soc. Paper read Oct. 17th, 1879. Three additional species and 4 vars. recorded. 1879.—]. H. A. JENNER.—“ L. and F. Mollusca of Eastbourne.” 12th Ann. Rept. of the Eastbourne N. H. Soc. Enumerates 86 species. 1880.—J. H. A. JeNNER.—“L. and F. Mollusca.” Eastbourne N. H. Soc. Paper read Mch. roth, 1880. Includes a list of the species of East Sussex. 1882.—WILLIAM JEFFERY.—“ Authenticated List of the L. and F. Mollusca of Western Sussex, with a few observations on the distribution and habits of some species.” Journ. Conch., pp. 305-317. Enumerates 79 sp. and 15 vars. 1882.—C. H. Morris.— Limnea palustris, v. albida at Lewes.” journ, Conch; p.. 392. 1885.—J. H. A. JENNER.—“ List of the L. and F. Mollusca of East Sussex.” Trans. Eastbourne N. H. Soc. Vol. i., pt. 8, 1885. 1885.—T. D. A. CocKERELL.—“ Notes on the Mollusca of Surrey, Sussex, and Kent.” Sci. Goss., p. 19. 1891.—E. W. Swanton.—“ List of Shells found on Chanctonbury Ring, Sussex.” Conchologist, vol. 1, p. 32. Enumerates 18 sp. and 2 vars. SOCIETIES’ PROCEEDINGS. 33 1891.—J. H. A. JENNER.—‘“‘ Notes on the L. and F. Mollusca of East Sussex.” Journ. Conch. p. 361. Enumerates 15 sp. and 34 vars. 1891.—T. D. A. ClocKERELL].—Bandless A. nemoralis from Lewes. Brit. Nat., p. 65. Describes 5 forms sent by Mr. C. H. Morris. SOCIETIES PROCEEDINGS: ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY, LONDON. April 5.—W. T. Blandford, F.R.S., in the chair. An account of the Land-Shells of St. Helena, by Mr. Edgar A. Smith, was read. Mr. R. J. L. Guppy exhibited specimens of Bulimus oblongus. Descriptions of 7 new species of Land-Shells from the U.S. of Columbia were read, by Mr. G. B. Sowerby. May 17.—Prof. W. H. Flower, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., in the chair. The...Rev.: A.. H.. Cooke, M.A., F-L.S...F-ZS,, wead sal paper “On the Geographical Distribution of the Land Mollusca of the Philippine Islands,” which showed that the distribution of the different subgenera of Cochlosty/a affords an interesting clue to the early relations of the various islands of the Philippine group. Regarded from this point of view, the central islands, Samar, Leyti, Bohol, Negros, and Panay with Luzon, were closely related, while Mindoro and Mindanao were remarkably isolated even from their nearest neighbours. An examination of the intervening seas accounted for these phenomena, the depths between the central islands being inconsiderable, while Mindoro and Mindanao are surrounded by very deep water. The Mollusca of the two ridges between the Philippines and Borneo, formed by Busuanga, Palawan, and Bulaboc, and by the Sulu Archipelago, were partly Philippine, partly Indo-Malay. Two remarkable groups of He/zx, peculiar to Mindoro, Busuanga, and Palawan, showed relations with Celebes, and possibly with New Guinea. The Mollusca of the Batan, Tular, and Talantse Isles were also discussed. Regarded as a whole, the Land Mollusca of the Philippines were stated to contain :— 1. Indo-Malay. 2. Polynesian. 3. Indegenous elements, the first decidedly predominating. LINNEAN SOCIETY. April 7.—Prof. Stewart in the chair. Specimens of Testacella maugei, Fér, from Devonshire, were exhibited by Mr. W. S. D’Urban. 34 CURRENT LITERATURE. CURRENT LITERATURE. REVIEWS. Manual of Conchology by George W. Tryon, Jr. Continuation by H.. A. Pilsbry, 1st Ser. vol. xi, pt. 52, 2nd Ser. vol. yii;. pt, 28. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences. Part 52 of Series 1, completes volume xiii. and concludes the /atellide. A revised classification of this family is put forward, which agrees generally with that of Dr. Thiele in his ‘‘ Das Gebiss der Schnecken.”’ It is as follows :— Subfamily Patel/ine. Lateral teeth three on each side, two of them anterior. I. Genus Patella. Branchial cordon complete ; apex near centre. 2. Genus Helcion. Branchial cordon interrupted ; apex anterior. Subfamily Vacel/ine. Lateral teeth two on each side; one of them anterior. 1. Genus Wacella. Epipodial ridge on sides of foot ; branchial cordon complete. 2. Genus Helctontscus. Sides of foot smooth; branchial cordon interrupted in front. In Series II, pt. 28 completes volume vii. and continues the Genus Cochlosty/a, treating of the following sections, Ptychostylus, Helicobulinus, and Orthostylus. There is an index to the sub-genera and sections contained in vol. vil., and an explanation of the plates. An index to the species of AHe/¢x is promised in the next volume, which subscribers will welcome.—E.R.S. List of British Land and Freshwater Mollusca. Leeds: The Concho- logical Society, 1892. Some 18 months ago the Conchological Society of Leeds decided to issue a new list of the British Land and Freshwater Mollusca, and the same now lies before us. We pointed out at the time that a strong committee of well-known and competent conchologists would alone ensure an authoritative list; the Society, however, thought otherwise, and the undertaking was entrusted to three well- known collectors, whose incompetency for such a task is at once evident in the errors of classification. Possibly shell collectors think lightly of such matters, sO we pass on to the question of nomenclature. An insufficient acquaintance with anything beyond books and shells is at once evident, while the question of priority is treated in a most mischievous and childish manner. We will content ourselves with here pointing out a few of the more flagrant errors and inaccuracies amongst the Slugs on p. 3. A. empiricorum, Fer., is styled A. ater, L., A. intermedius, Normand, as A. minimus, Simroth, Limax vartegatus, Drap., as L. flavus, L.. In the nine pages of notes we are informed that the Society ‘‘are convinced that the more distinct and striking forms of every species should be definitely distinguished, we cannot assent to the publication of distinct names for the slighter modifications.” With this we agree, but the list is an absolute denial of any such treatment. The most casual reader will be at once struck by the undue prominence that has been given to the minor varieties of Messrs. Taylor and Roebuck, while many well marked varieties of particular authors are most carefully excluded. The most important omissions in the Slugs are 4. ambiguus, Poll., and A. celticus, Poll. L. cinereo-niger, Wolf, is retained as a species. Surely the authors cannot have seen Simroth’s observations on the anatomy, who has proved it to be but a var. of ZL. maxzmus! Under A. ater the var. brunnea is still retained, which is of course, nothing more than a form of v. «fa, L., the var. plumbea is a minor form of v. 2zgrescens, Moq., which latter is omitted to make room for this less important one! The three most important vars. of A. subfuscus are also omitted, together with a number of those of A. hortensis and A. circumscriptus. We do not wish to deal harshly with Mr. Roebuck’s varieties, but after the above clause ve minor varieties, we really fail to see how or why v. é/é/acina of L. maximus has been included. CURRENT LITERATURE. 25 We will not tire the reader with pointing out further errors or inaccuracies. The Society’s previous list of 1883 is now regarded as a curiosity, and there is every reason to believe that this, their latest development, will find a secure slumbering place with its embryonic brother of 1883, until ‘‘the Society” next attempts to deal with the nomenclature and classification of so small a section of the Mollusca as our British Land and Freshwater forms. Wik: ANATOMY. Testacellz. (Journ. Conch., p. 423, 1891.) Dr. Simroth has been further investigating the Zestace//e, and finds that since the publication of the works of Lacaze-Duthiers and Dr. Plate, his treatise published in 1891—but written in 1887—requires some slight corrections. T. dubia from Caveretto, nr. Turin, and 7. éarcénonenszs from Barcelona, are perhaps only varieties of 7. haliotidea. The 7. haliotidea from Trieste, should be ranged under the 7. catalonica, Poll., and 7. fecchzoliz, Bgt., from Settignano, nr. Florence. Referring to the origin of the retractor muscles of the pharynx and tentacles, Dr. Simroth thinks that it is evident that the innervation—as pointed out by Dr. Plate—of these two muscles, cannot be held as an argument that they never were united with the pharynx retractor. Possibly they may have had relations, as in Daudebardia. On the Genital organs of Helix. (Arch. fiir. Naturgesch., pp. 1-65, 1892.) Dr. Schuberth gives a number of anatomical diagnoses, and upon structural grounds confirms the distinctness of the generality of the species catalogued by Kobelt. On the Anatomy of some Tasmanian L. Shells. (Pro. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. vi., pt. 1, 1891.) C. Hedley. Anatomy and Physiology of Pholade dactyle. (Ann. de l’Univ. d. Lyon, Paliet8o2:)) eR ubois: On the Colouration of the Tegument in the Cephalapods. (Arch. Zool. Exp., vol. x., p. 277.) Dr. L. Joubin: On the Radula of Paludestrina jenkinsi, &c. (Ann. & Mag. N.H., p. 376, 1892.) B. B. Woodward. EMBRYOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT. The Development of Bythina tentaculata. (Ann. and Mag. N.H., p- 411, 1892.) All students interested in the embryology of Gastropods are acquainted with Dr. R. Erlanger’s works upon the same. The above paper is especially important, for Dr. Erlanger has, ‘‘in almost all important points . . arrived at precisely opposite views to Sarasin,” who has previously written at some length upon this species. * The process of segmentation, the development of the blastopore and various organs are minutely described. In opposition to Sarasin, Dr. Erlanger enforces the following points :— ‘* There is in Aythinia a separate mesoderm, which arises from the endoderm, and the development of which from the two primitive cells is traceable step by step. The archenteron proceeds from an invagination of the endoderm. The * P, Sarasin, ‘‘ Entwicklung. d. By. tentaculata.” Inaugural-Dissertation, Wiesbaden, 1882. 36 CURRENT LITERATURE. whole mid-gut, z.e., stomach and liver, as well as end-gut (if we can use the term at all as applied to molluscs), arises from the archenteron, which always exhibits a distinct lumen. The mouth proceeds directly from the blastopore, accompanied by an invagination of the ectoderm, which forms the cesophagus ; consequently a complete closure of the blastopore does not take place. The anal opening corresponds to a small pit at the hinder end of the blastoporal groove. Primitive kidney and kidney, apart from their ectodermic excretory ducts, are of mesodermic origin ; the same is true for the heart and pericardium. The ganglia arise com- pletely separate from one another, and do not come into connection until afterward.” The Cleavage of the Ovum in Crepidula fornicata. (Zool. Anz., p. 185, 1892.)—E. G. Conklin. HABITS AND HABITAT. The Genus Rissoa. (Brit. Nat., p. 72, 1892.) Mr. Brockton Tomlin gives a very interesting account of this genus, giving details as to nomenclature, variation, &c., which will prove of service to beginners. The Limpet’s Adhesive Power. (Nat. Sci., p. 319, 1892.) Mr. J. Lawrence-Hamilton, after experiment, finds nothing to suggest any sucker-like action, and concludes that the major part of the adhesive power is due to a secretion of the animal. [In thishe agrees with Reaumer, Johnston, and Jetfreys.] Observations on two rare British Nudibranchs. (Ann. and Mag. N. H., p. 378, 1892.) Mr. F. W. Gamble figures and describes Lomanotus genet, Verany, and Hancockia endactylota, Gosse, both of which have lately occurred at Plymouth. Interesting observations are given relative to the papille, and a useful table comparing the different specimens of Hancockia and Govia. The Genus Cristaria. (Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., Jan. and Feb., 1892.) Von Ihering writes on this genus, at present only known from E. Asia, and its relations to the other groups of Unzonide. Rissoa parva, DaC., v. nigra, Norman. (Brit. Nat., p. 127, 1892.)— B. Tomlin. NEW SPECIES. Mollusca of Galapagos Islands. (Journ. de Conchl., Oct., 1891.) Dr. Dall mentions the discovery of some interesting molluscan novelties in the Galapagos Is. These are a species of Hedictna (nesiotica, Dall), of Leptinaria (chathamensts, Dall) and a small ? Zonites (baweri, Dall). All three genera are new to the group. New Shells from the Palearctic Region. (Verhand. d. Zool. Bot. Gesell. in Wien, B. xlii., p. 25.) This is practically a reprint of a paper published by Dr. Westerlund in the Versammlung last winter. Many new species and varieties are described ; principally He/ices of the section Yerophila. The one of most interest to British conchologists is 4. /amtra from Aran, Co. Galway [This is very near if not identical with A. ertcetoruz]. Dr. Westeriund also suggests a classification of Siciliarta—a sub-genus of C/aust/ia—in which he groups together C/. crasszcostata, Cl. leucophryne, Cl. nobilis ; then C/. confinata; also Cl. téberz, and Cl. calcare ; and finally C/. grohmaniana, and Cl. septemplicata. [This latter species is hardly satisfactory, its lamellz and general facies would incline one rather to place it with C/. confinata.] CURRENT LITERATURE. 37 Helix vendryesi and Veronicella jamaicensis. (Journ. Inst. Jamaica, Pp. 55, 1892.) Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell describes the above two species, the former from Montego Bay (W.I.), and the latter from Kingstown. This slug has already been figured and described by Semper, and referred as doubtful to V2 kraussiz, Fér. [We much regret to find Mr. Cockerell has here departed from a rule he has hitherto laid down and adhered to very stringently, viz., that of naming species &c., after individuals and places. ] New Australian Mollusca. (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vol. xiv, p. 257 and 265.) Prof. Tate gives a second supplement to the list of Lamellibranch and Palliobranch Mollusca of S. Australia. The new recent species belong to the genera Siphonalia, Latirofusus, Diala, Letopyrga, Semele, Tellina, Lucinopsis, Crassatella, Pectunculus and Leda. Some New Land Shells. (Brit. Nat., p. 125, 1892.) Mr. C. F. Ancey describes the following new species:—Zunea consobrina, from Cape Colony ; Aelzx melvilliana, from Ovampoland; Nena orbignyi (allied to CZ. crvossez, Hidalgo), from Bolivia; and Cyclostoma burtond (allied to C. anceps, Von Marten), found in the vicinity of L. Tanganyika. [Presuming that these shells were made and occupied by some animal, a reference to the same would have been useful. In the absence of any description of the points of difference in the anatomy, we fear the latter two can hardly rank as species until further and more completely described. ] Pecton crouchi and Mitra fultoni. (Ann. and Mag. of N. H., pp. 255-6, 1892.) Mr. Edgar A. Smith describes and figures the above forms, the former from the Mauritius and the latter from Lower California. Unio oscari. (Nautilus, p. 124, 1892.) Mr. B. H. Wright here describes a form allied to U. ahenetts, Lea, from which it differs, however, in having a much smoother epidermis, a deeper shell cavity, and shorter and wider lateral teeth. Habitat: a creek from L. Osceola, Florida. New Unio (U. corbeti) from Ceylon. (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, T. xvii., p- 68.)—Emile Deschamps. VARIATION. Notes on Varieties. (Brit. Nat., pp. 70, 74, 105, and 127, 1892). Messrs. W. A. Gain and T. D. A. Cockerell contribute further notes and observations upon this subject, which are interesting and full of suggestive points, worthy of further attention. Variation of the Genus Arion. (Ann. and Mag. N.H., p. 307, 1892). Mr. W. E. Collinge, who is at present devoting some attention to the 47ionide, here records some interesting forms of A. empiricorum, grouped as sub-varieties of var. bocaget, Simroth. Speaking of the red forms of this species, Mr. Collinge is of opinion that v. drzseus, Roebuck, would be better grouped as a sub-var. of v. rufus, L. The v. sebreticulatus, Ckll., he also suggests might be similarly grouped under v. vefzculatus, Roebuck. The v. fallax, Ckll., of A. hortensis, Fér., he views as a form of v. sabfusca, C. Pfr., and questions the validity of v. albzges, Ckll. DISTRIBUTION. Mollusca of Lord Howe’s Island. (Journ. de Conchl., Oct. 1891.) Dr. P. Fischer has an interesting article on the mollusca of Lord Howe’s Island (between New South Wales and New Zealand), compiled from the publications of Etheridge and Hedley. The Land Mollusca are 21 (possibly 24) 38 CURRENT LITERATURE. in number, all peculiar, and consist of Manzna (3 sp.), Charofa (3, possibly 6, 3 more being, probably wrongly, attributed to the island by Pfeiffer), Diplommatina (4), Bithinella (2), Parmella, Microcystis, Patula, Placostylus, Simpulopsts [a most unlikely identification], Zornatellina, Omphalotropis, Realia, and Onchidium (1 each). Thus the fauna is markedly Polynesian. The occurrence of a Placostylus is exceedingly interesting, and places the island in connection with N. Caledonia and N. Zealand rather than with E. Australia, although three times as near Australia as it is to either N. Caledonia or N. Zealand. [An examination of a chart, however, will show that Lord Howe’s Island lies nearly on the west extremity of a long ridge of comparatively shallow water, under 1,000 feet, which stretches in a north-westerly direction from N. Zealand towards the E. coast of Australia, but abruptly terminates in about long. 158° E.]. The marine mollusca are of the Indo-Pacific type. This fact is remarkable, since on the E. Australian coast the mollusca of this type are generally regarded as not penetrating further south than Cape Sandy, which is 6 degrees further north than Lord Howe’s Island. Heude’s ‘“‘Notes on the Terrestrial Mollusca of the Blue River.’ (Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., Jan. and Feb., 1892.) Von Mollendorff has some highly polemical criticisms on the last instalment of Heude’s ‘‘ Notes on the Terrestrial Mollusca of the Blue River” (Yang-tse- Kiang). He falls specially foul of Heude’s treatment of the genera A/yxostoma, Rhiostoma, and the land operculates in general. The new Heudean genera Fargesia and Hemibia have already been characterised (Psewdopomatias and Prososthenia), Mesostoma and Rivularza are, respectively, a typical Pupzna and a group of Paludina. Mollusca of the Madeiran Isles. (Journ. Conch., p. 1, 1892.) The Rev. R. Boog Watson discusses the relation of the L. and F. Mollusca of the Madeiran Isles to those known elsewhere. The distribution of the Mollusca is one to which serious attention is now being given, and Dr. Watson’s paper bristles with queries on some very perplexing points. Marine Mollusca of North Wales. (Journ. Conch., p. 25, 1892.) Mr. Tomlin contributes some interesting additions to the Molluscan fauna of the coast of North Wales, including the Nudibranchs and Cephalopods. Remarks on Australian Slugs. (Ann. and Mag. N. H., p. 370, 1892.) Mr. Cockerell replies to Mr. Hedley’s criticism, showing ‘‘that on every single point mentioned, Mr. Hedley’s criticism is without sufficient reason.” The Mollusca of the Red Sea. (Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. xii., pp. 343-363.) Dr. Jousseaume adds a large number—some 200—of species to the known fauna, amongst them a brachiopod, a new species, and the first found in this locality. Mr. Edgar A. Smith’s views upon the Red Sea fauna are confirmed, viz., that it is practically that of the Indian Ocean, and has no relations with that of the Mediterranean. He discusses the variation of the Mollusca, and strongly believes in the reality of ‘‘ species,” considering that each varies within certain definite limits, and that one species is always distinguishable from another. Mollusca of Southport and District. (Southport Soc. Nat. Sci., pp. 32-38, 1892.) Dr. Chaster’s list enumerates 175 forms, including L. F. & M., and is an evidence of careful work. The system of classification adopted detracts some- what from the value of the list. Land and Freshwater Shells peculiar to the British Isles. (Nature, p. 76, May, 1892.) The unsatisfactory state of our knowledge of the inland Mollusca of the British Isles is, in the opinion of Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell, due to two causes, ‘‘ firstly, that so many conchologists consider varieties, and especially slight varieties, to be of little or no importance ; secondly, because those who study our native shells, CURRENT LITERATURE. 39 are, as a rule, but ill-acquainted with foreign species and varieties.” Mr. Cockerell proceeds to review Dr. Wallace’s list of peculiar forms (Island Life, new ed.), and gives notes upon a number of interesting varieties. [We fear it would be unwise to lay any great stress upon the importance of slight varieties. While thoroughly endorsing Mr. Cockerell’s remarks ve an acquaintance with foreign species and varieties, and a more scientific treatment of the external morphology of the Mollusca—shell and animal—we fear the root of the evil lies in conchologists being mere shell collectors and entirely ignoring the presence of a mollusc in their dilettante studies of the shell]. Irish L. and F. Mollusca. (Irish Nat., p. 45, 1892.) Dr. Scharff commences what promises to be a very interesting account of the Mollusca of Ireland. Odostomia albella, Loven, in Ireland. (Irish Nat., p. 61, 1892.) Mr. R. Lloyd Praeger records a single example of this species from Grooms- port, Co. Down. Other species are also mentioned. T. haliotidea at Shipley. (Nat., p. 154, 1892.) E. Self. T. scutulum at Horbury, Yorks. (Nat., p. 145, 1892.) W. Rushworth. The L. Moll. Fauna of British New Guinea. (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1891.) C. Hedley. Vertigo pusilla in Lancashire. (Jy. Conch., p. 7, 1892.) R. Standen. Vertigo pusilla in Lancashire. (Sci. Goss., p. 143, 1892.) F.C. Long. Pl. albus, m. scalariforme at Peniston. (Jy. Conch., p. 7, 1892.) L. E. Adams. H. aspersa, m. sinistrorsum, in the |. of Man. (Jy. Conch., p. 24, 1892.) R. Standen. Notes on Marine Moll. collected on the coasts of Donegal, &c. (Zool., pp. 51, 105, 139, 181; 1892.) H.C. Hart. On Mediterranean Conchology. (Il. Nat. Siciliana, p. 50, 1892.) M. se. De Gregario. Y.N.U. at Horton-in-Ribblesdale. (Nat., p. 180, 1892.) W. D. Roebuck. PALAEONTOLOGY. Tertiary Moll. of Florida. (Trans. Wagner Inst., 1892).—W. H. Dale. ia ‘i (Naut., p. 128, 1892).—Review. Monog. of the British Jurassic Gasterop., pt. I., No. 8, Gasterop. of the Inferior Oolite. (Palzontog. Soc., Vol. xlv., pp. 225-272, 1892.)— W. H. Huddleston. P PP. 225-272, 1892.) MISCELLANEOUS. The Pearl Molluscs of the Persian Gulf. (Pro. Roy. Phys. Soc., p. 30, 1891.)—A. Galletly. Mollusca of Meiringen, Switz. (Journ. Conch., p. 32, 1892).—Rev. J. W. Horsley. In Memoriam—Dr. Wesley Newcomb. (Naut., p. 121, 1892).—R.E.C.S. 40 CURRENT LITERATURE. On the Species of Donax of Eastern North America. (Naut., p. 125, 1892.)—W. H. Dale. Mollusks as Cat-fish Food. (Naut., p. 127, 1892.)—C. C. Adams. The Argonaut of the Mediterranean. (Le Naturaliste, p. 114, 1892.) On the Schematism of Shells in the Mollusca. (Sci. Goss., p. 127, 1892.) E. W. W. Bowell. On the Genus Pectunculus. (Il Nat. Siciliana, p. 89, 1892.)—M. se De Gregario. On the Mending of the Shell in H. aspersa. (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, T. xvii., p. 30, 1892.) —Moynier de Villepoix. Arion minimus=intermedius. (Jy. Conch., p. 31, 1892).—T. D. A. Cockerell. NOTE. Additions to the Mollusca of South Wilts. The following are not recorded in the Census of the Conchological Society for South Wilts, and were collected near Salisbury by my friend, Mr. J. R. Longhurst :—Szccinea elegans, L. palustris, P. vortex, P. contortus, Valvata piscinalis, Bythinia tentaculata, Physa fontinalis, Anodonta anatina, and Sph. corneum. It is very probable that Mr. Longhurst will find many other species, as, excepting the above additions, only five species are enumerated.—E. W. Swanton, Doddington. EDITOR’S NOTES. We are pleased to hear of a proposal to form a Conchological Society in Somerset, which we trust will be successful. Conchologists interested in-the same are requested to communicate with Mr. E. W. Swanton, Doddington, Sitting- bourne, Kent. Owing to various causes—one being Dr. Scharff’s absence from home—a number of papers are unavoidably compelled to stand over until the September issue. That, and all future numbers will, where necessary, be illustrated. During the past quarter various suggestions have been received regarding the Bibliography (Current Literature). While every effort is made to make this department as complete as possible, articles in Scientific and Local Natural History Societies’ proceedings often escape our notice from the inaccessible nature of many of these publications. For such we must rely upon the kindness of our readers or the generosity of the respective Societies. A number of authors have very kindly promised to forward copies of their reprints, and a reference to short articles, notes, &c., every quarter, which will greatly facilitate matters. _ We have pleasure in notifying that Mr. Walter Garstang, M.A., Berkeley Fellow of Owens College, Manchester (Victoria University), and one of the Naturalists of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, has very kindly agreed to render assistance (editorially, &c.) in connection with the Nudibranchs and the anatomy of Marine Molluscs. EVE CONG OO GIs T: A Quarterly Journal of Malacologn. Volt oti. SEPTEMBER oth, 1892. No. 3. ON THE ORIGIN OF THE GENERA OF LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. BYR DHE PREV. A. ide, COOKE, OMLAy eke Z.5- Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge. THE ultimate derivation of the whole of the land and freshwater molluscan fauna must, in common with that of all other forms of life, be looked for in the sea. All the great families of mollusca can be referred, with more or less distinctness, to a marine origin, and all are the modified descendants of an ancestry originally marine. In certain cases the process of conversion, if it may be so termed, from a marine to a non-marine genus, is still in progress, and can be definitely observed ; in others the conversion is complete, but the modification of form has been so slight, or the date of its occurrence so recent, that the connection is unmistakable, or at least highly probable ; in others again, the modification has been so great, or the date of its occurrence so remote, that the actual line of derivation is obscured or at best only conjectural. This passage from a marine to a non-marine life—in other words, this direct derivation of non-marine from marine genera—is illustrated by the faunal phenomena of an inland freshwater sea like the Caspian, which is known to have been originally in connection with the Mediterranean, and therefore originally supported a marine fauna. The mollusca of the Caspian, although without exception freshwater species, are in their general facies distinctly marine. Of the 25 univalve species which inhabit it* 19 belong to 4 peculiar genera *Dybowski, Mal. Blatt, N.F., x, 17% CONCHOLOGIST, vol. ii., pt. 3. \ 42 COOKE: ORIGIN OF THE GENERA OF L. AND F. W. MOLLUSCA. (Micromelania, Caspia, Clessinia, Nematurella), all of which are modified forms of Rzssotde. The characteristic bivalves belong to the genera Adacna, Didacna, and Monodacna, all of which can be shown to be derived from the common Cardium edule. We have here a case where complete isolation from the sea, combined no doubt with a gradual freshening of the water, has resulted in the development of a number of new genera. ‘The singularly marine facies of several of the freshwater genera now inhabiting Lake Tanganyika, has given rise to the belief, among some authorities,* that that lake was at one time an inlet of the Indian Ocean. In the upper waters of the Baltic, marine and freshwater mollusca flourish side by side. So complete is the intermixture that an observer who had lived on no other shores would probably be unable to separate the one set of species from the other. Thus between Drago and Papenwickt Mytilus edulis, Cardium edule, Tellina balthica, Mya arenaria, Littorina rudis, and Hydrobia balthica are the only true marine species; with these live Unio, Cyclas, Neritina, Limnea, and Bithynia. The marine species and Jeritina live up to 15-20 fath., the rest only up to 3 fath. Under stones close to the shore of the Skargard at Stockholm} are found young Cardium and Tellina, and at 3 to6 fath. Limncea peregra, and PhAysa fontinalis. Near Gothland Limnea is found in the open sea at 8-12 fath., and with it occur Cardium and Tellina. At the Frischen Haff || AZya arenaria is the only marine species, and lives in company with 6 sp. Limnea, 1 Physa, 9 Planorbis, 1 Ancylus, 4 Valvata, 2 Spherium. Were the Sound to become closed, and the waters of the Baltic perfectly fresh, it would be inevitable that JAZya avenaria, and such other marine species as continued to live under their changed conditions, should in course of time submit to modifications similar in kind to those experienced by the quondam marine species of the Caspian. It seems probable, however, that the origin, at least in a great part, of the land and freshwater mollusca need not be accounted for by such involuntary changes of environment as the enclosure of arms of the sea, or the possible drying up of inland lakes. These cases may be taken as illustrations of the much more gradual processes of nature by which the land and freshwater fauna must have been developed. Theancestry of that fauna must be looked for, as far as the Gasteropoda are concerned, in /he (ittoral and estuarine species, for the Pelecypoda, in ¢he esfuarine alone. ‘The effect of the recess of the * See Pelseneer, Bull. Mus. Belg. iv., 1886. + Braun, Arch f. Naturk, Liv. (2) x. p. to2 f. t Lindstrom, Of. K. Vet. Akad. Forh. Stockh. 1855, p. 40. | Mendthal, Schr. Ges. Kénigsb. xxx, p. 27. COOKE: ORIGIN OF THE GENERA OF L. AND F. W. MOLLUSCA. 43 tide, in the one case, and the effect of the reduced percentage of salt, in the other, has tended to produce a gradual adaptation to new surroundings, an adaptation which becomes more and more perfect. It may be safely asserted that no marine species could pass into a land or freshwater species except after a period, more or less prolonged, of littoral or estuarine existence. Thus we find no land or freshwater species exhibiting relationships with such deep-sea genera as the Volutidae, Cancellariide, Terebride, or even with genera trenching on the lowest part of the littoral zone, such as the Hadvotide, Conide, Olivide, Capulide. The signs of connection are rather with the Weritida, Cerithitde, and above all the Lztterinide, which are accustomed to live for hours, and in the case of Lz¢forina for days or even weeks, without being moistened by the tide. Similarly the freshwater Pelecypoda exhibit relationships, not with genera exclusively marine, but with genera known to inhabit estuaries, such as the Mytilide, Corbulide, Carditde. It would be natural to expect that we should find this process of conversion still going on, and that we should be able to detect particular species or groups of species in process of emigration from sea to land, or from sea to fresh water. Such species will be inter- mediate between a marine, and a land, or freshwater species, and difficult to classify distinctly as one or the other. Cases of mollusca occupying this intermediate position occur all over the world. They inhabit brackish swamps, damp places at high-water mark, and rocks only at intervals visited by the tide. Such are Potamides, Asstiminea, Siphonaria, Melampus, Hydrobia, Truncatella, among the univalves and many species of Cyreza and Arca among the bivalves. ORIGIN OF THE FRESHWATER FAUNA. (A) PELECYPODA. Estuarine species, which have become accustomed to a certain admixture of fresh water, have gradually ascended the streams or been cut off from the sea, and at last have become habituated to water which is perfectly fresh. Thus Zretssena (rivers and canals throughout N. Europe and N. America) and d/yte/opsis (rivers of America) are scarcely modified Mytili; Scaphula is a modified Arca, and lives in the Ganges, the Jumna, and the Tenasserim at a distance of 1,600 miles from the sea. Pholas rivicola is found imbedded in floating wood on the R. Pantai many miles from its mouth. Cyrena, Corbicula, and probably Spherium and Pisidium are derived, in different degrees of removal, from the Veneride; Potamomva (rivers of S. America), and Aimedlla (R. Amazon) are forms of Coréu/a. ‘Vhe Caspian genera, derived 44 COOKE: ORIGIN OF THE GENERA OF L. AND F. W. MOLLUSCA. from Cardium (Adacna, Didacna, Monodacna), have already been referred to. Vaustfora is a form of Teredo, which lives in fresh water in Bengal. Rangia, Fischeria, and Galatea probably share the derivation of the Cyrenide, while in /phigenta we have one of the Donacide which has not yet mounted rivers, but is confined to a strictly estuarine life. The familiar Scrodécularia piperata of our own estuaries is a Ze//ina, which lives by preference in brackish water. The great family of the Unzonide is regarded by Neumayr* as derived from Zyigona, the points of similarity being the development of a nacreous shell, the presence of a strong epidermis, and the arrangement of the muscular scars. It is remarkable, too, that on many Uniones of Pliocene times there is found shell ornamentation of such a type as occurs only on 772gonza among the Pelecypoda. The earliest types of freshwater Pelecypoda occur in the cretaceous ( Uiio, Cyrena). The genera of freshwater Pelecypoda are comparatively few in number, and their origin is far more clearly discernible than that of any Other group. ‘This is perhaps due to the fact that the essential changes of structure required to convert a marine into a freshwater bivalve are but slight. Both animals “ breathe water,” and both obtain their nutriment from matter contained in water. Similar remarks apply to freshwater operculate Gasteropoda. But the passage from a marine to an aerial life involves much profounder changes of environment, which have to be met by correspondingly important changes in the organism. This may be in part the reason why the ancestry of all Pulmonata, whether land or freshwater, is so difficult to trace. (B) GASTEROPODA. (1) Operculate. Canidia, Clea, and perhaps /Vassodonta are forms closely allied, with but little modification, to the marine Cominella.t They occur (in fresh water) in the rivers of India, Indo-China, Java, and Borneo, associated with essentially freshwater species. Potamides with its various subgenera ( Zelescopium, Pyrazus, Pirenella, Cerithidea, &c.), all of which inhabit swamps and mudflats just above high-water mark in all warm countries, are derived from Cervithium; Assiminea, Hydrobia, and perhaps 7runcatella, from Rissoa. It is a remarkable fact that in Geome/ania (with its sub-genera Chittya and Llandvella) we have a form of Zyvuncatella which has entirely deserted the neighbourhood of the sea, and lives in woody mountainous localities in certain of the West Indies. Cvemnoconchus, a remark- * Anz. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1889, p. 4. + Not to Vassa, as has been generally held. ‘he shape of the operculum, and particularly the teeth of the radula, show a much closer connection with Cominedlla. COOKE: ORIGIN OF THE GENERA OF L. AND F. W. MOLLUSCA. 45 able shell occurring only on wet cliffs in the ghats of South India, is a modified Zittorina. Neritina and Nerita form a very interesting case in illustration of the whole process. Ver/fa is a purely marine genus, occurring on rocks in the littoral zone, one species however (/zzeafa, Chem.) ascends rivers as far as 25 miles from their mouth, and others haunt marshes of brackish water.* Neritina is the freshwater form, some species of which are found in brackish swamps or even creeping on wet mud between tide marks, while the great majority are fluviatile, one group (JVerttodryas) actually occurring in the Philippines on trees of some height, at a distance of a quarter of a mile from any water. JVavicel/a is a still further modified form of er7tina, occurring only on wet rocks, branches, &c., in non-tidal streams. The great family of the /e/anitde@, which occurs in the rivers of warm countries all over the world, and that of the Pleuroceride, which is confined to North America, are, in all probability, derived from some form or forms of Cerzthtum. The origin of the Paludinide, Valvatide, and Ampullarude is more doubtful. Their migration from the sea was probably of an early date, since the first traces of all three appear in the lower Cretaceous,f while JZe/antide are not known until tertiary times. Ampullaria, however, shows distinct signs of relationship to Watica, while the affinities of Paludina and Valvata cannot as yet be approximately affirmed. (2) Lroperculate. Intermediate between the essentially freshwater and the essentially marine species come the group known as Gehydrophila, consisting of the two great divisions Auriculide and Otinide. These may be regarded as mollusca which, though definitely removed from all marine species by the development of a true lung in place of a gill, have yet never become, in respect of habitat, genuine freshwater species. Like Potamides, they haunt salt marshes, mangrove swamps, and the region about high-water mark. In some cases (Ofna, Melampus, Pedipes,) they live on rocks which are moistened, or even bathed by the spray, in others (Casstdula, Auricula), they are immersed in some depth of brackish water at high tide, in others again (Scavabus), they are more definitely terrestrial, and live under dead leaves in woods at some little distance from water. Indeed one genus of diminutive size (Cavychium) has completely abandoned the neighbourhood of the sea, and inhabits swampy ground almost all over the world. . * e.g. Boettger (Ber. Senckenb. Gesell., 1891), classifies several as brackish water species. + It is curious, however, that while d#ful/aria has developed a lung, it at the same time breathes water through the gills. See, in particular, Fischer and Bouvier, Comptes-Rendus Cx1, p. 200, for a full description of the process. 46 COOKE: ORIGIN OF THE GENERA OF L., AND F. W. MOLLUSCA. To this same section Gehydrophila (though separated off by some authors as Zhalassophila) may be assigned two remarkable forms of air-breathing “limpet,” S7phonaria and Gadinia, and the aberrant Amphibola, 2 unique instance of a true operculated pulmonate. Siphonaria possesses both a lung and a gill, while Gadznia and Amphibola are exclusively air-breathing. | S¢phonaria lives on rocks at or above high-water mark, Gadinia between tide marks, Amphibola in brackish water at the estuaries of rivers, half buried in the sand. There can be little doubt that all these are marine forms which are gradually becoming accustomed to a terrestrial existence. In Gadinia and Amphibola the process is so far complete that they have exchanged gills for lungs, while in SzpAonaria we have an intermediate stage in which both gill and lung exist together. A curious parallel to this is found in the case of Ampullaria, which is furnished with two gills and a pulmonary chamber, and breathes indifferently air and water. It is a little remarkable that Szphonaria, which lives at a higher tide level than Gadznia, should retain the gill, while Gadinia has lost it. The ultimate affinities of the essentially freshwater groups, Limnea, Physa, Chilina, cannot be precisely affirmed. The form of shell in Zatia, Gundlachia, and perhaps Ancy/us, may suggest to some a connection with the Ot#inide, and in C’ilina, a similar connection with the Awmriculide. But, in a question of derivation, similarities of shell alone are of little value. It is not a little remark- able, for instance, that we should find a simple patelliform shell in genera so completely distinct from one another in all anatomical essentials as Ancylus, Patella, Siphonaria, Propilidium, Hipponyx, Cocculina, and Umbrella. Bouvier, on grounds of general organisation, regards* the Hygrophila in general as Opisthobranchs adapted to an aerial life. He considers that the Wudibranchiate Opisthobranchs have given birth to the Pulmonata stylommatophora, and the Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs to the Pulmonata basommatophora. Such a view is much more easily stated than definitely disproved, but it seems open to serious objection from other views than those which deal simply with ~ anatomy. The Ofzsthobranchiata are not, to any marked extent, littoral genera, nor do they specially haunt the mouths of rivers. On the contrary, they inhabit, as a rule, only the very lowest part of the littoral zone, and are seldom found except where the water is purely salt. In other cases, when the derivation of land or freshwater genera is fairly well established, intermediate forms persist, which indicate, with more or less clearness, the lines along which * Le Naturaliste, 1889, p. 242 f. COOKE: ORIGIN OF THE GENERA OF L. AND F. W. MOLLUSCA. 47 modification has proceeded. No such undoubted links can be shown to exist, or to have existed, in the present case, between the Tectibranchiate Opisthobranchs and the Limnaeie. Bouvier indeed finds this link in the Stphonariide and Amphibolide, but the connection is of the slightest. It might be held, with equal, or more, probability, that the ygvophil/a are in reality derived from the land Fulmonata, a section of which may be supposed to have betaken themselves to an aquatic life. Or we may hold, with Pelseneer, that the reverse process has taken place, and that the Lasom- matophora are the direct ancestors of the Szylommataphora. In this case, Szccinea would be an intermediate link, with a curious parallel in Onchidium, a pulmonate which has retrogressed* to a semi-marine habit of life. ORIGIN OF THE LAND FAUNA. GASTEROPODA. (1) Oferculate. On a priori grounds, one might predict a double origin for land operculates. Marine species might be imagined to accustom them- selves to a terrestrial existence, after a period, more or less prolonged, of littoral probation. Or again, freshwater species, themselves ultimately derived from the sea, might submit to a similar trans- formation, after a preliminary or intermediate stage of life on mudbanks, wet swamps, branches overhanging the water, &c. Two great families in this group, and two only, seem to have undergone these transformations, the Zztforfntde and the eritide. The derivation of all existing land operculates may be referred to one or other of these groups. The power of the Zz¢fovinide@ to live for days or even weeks without being moistened by the sea may be verified by the most casual observer. In the tropics this power seems even greater than on our own shores. I have seen, in various parts of Jamaica, Zétforina muricata living at the top of low cliffs among grass and herbage. At Panama I have taken three large species of Littorina (varia, Jasciata, pulchra) on trees at and above high water-mark. Cases have been recorded, in which a number of Z. muvricata, collected and put aside, have lived for three months, and Z. zrrorata, for four months.f These facts are significant, when we know that the land operculates almost certainly originated in a tropical climate. The Cycophoride, Cycostomatide, and Aciculide, which, as contrasted with the other land operculates, form one group, have very close relations, particularly in the length and formation of the radula, with the Zzttorinide. * Bergh, Morphol. Jahrb. x. 172 f. + Calkins, Amer. Nat. xi. p. 687. 48 COOKE : ORIGIN OF THE GENERA OF L. AND F. W. MOLLUSCA. On the other hand, the Helicinide, Hydrocenide, and Proserpinide are equally closely related to Weritina. The Proserpinide (restricted to the Greater Antilles, Central America and Venezuela) may perhaps be regarded as the ultimate term of the series. They have lost the characteristic operculum, which in their case is replaced by a number of folds or lamellze in the interior of the shell. _ It has already been noticed how one group of Veritina (Veritodryas) occurs normally out of the water. This group furnishes a link between the freshwater and land forms. It is interesting to notice that here we have the most perfect sequence of derivatives ; Verita in the main a purely marine form, with certain species occurring also in brackish water ; (Ver7¢7na in the main freshwater, but some species occurring on the muddy shore, others on dry land; Ae/icina the developed land form, and finally Proserpina, an aberrant derivative which has lost the operculum.* GASTEROPODA. (2) /noperculate. The origin of these, the bulk of the land fauna, must at present be regarded as an unsolved problem. Bouvier, as we have seen, regards them as derived from the Wudibranchiate Opisthobranchs, the evidence in support of such a view being purely anatomical. No argument can be drawn in this case from the radula, which is very variable in form throughout the O/isthobranchiata, both the great sections of which order include genera possessing radulee of a quasi- Helicidan type, with a formula c10. The first known members of the land Pulmonata (Pupa ?, ffyalinia) are from the Carboniferous of North America. Similar but new forms appear in the Cretaceous, from which time to the present we have an unbroken series. The characteristically modern forms, according to Simroth,t are /Ye/ices with thick shells. According to the same author, Vitrina and AHyalinia are ancestral types, which give origin not only to many modern genera with shalls, but to many shell-less genera also, e.g., Zestace//a is derived through Daudebardia from Hyalinia, while from Vitrina came Limax and Amalia. A consideration of the radulz of the genera concerned certainly tends in favour of these views. Godwin-Austen, speaking generally, considers{t genera of land Pulmonata with strongly developed mantle-lobes and rudimentary shell as more advanced in development than genera in which the shell is large and covers all or nearly all the animal. * One step even further (or perhaps it should be termed a branch derivative) is seen in the genus S7aragdia, which is probably a Neritina which has resumed a purely marine habit of life. + SB. Naturf. Gesell. Leipz., 1886-7, pp. 40-48. ¢{ L. and F. W. Moll. of India, iv., 167. 49 NOTES ON THE STRUCTURE AND HABITS OF JORUNNA JOHNSTONI. By WALTER GARSTANG, M.A., Naturalist on the Staff of the Marine Biological Association. THE nudibranch /Jorunna Johnstoni, or Dorts Johnstont, as it was called before the old genus Doris was subdivided, received a careful description at the hands of Alder and Hancock in their well-known monograph, and characteristic figures of the species are given in the same place. Another figure may be found in Prof. McIntosh’s “ Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews,” Plate II, fig. 16. The species has a fairly general distribution around our coasts, and may be readily identified from Alder and Hancock’s excellent description. In the present communication several points in its external form and habits that merit attention will be described. At Plymouth, Jorwnna Johnstont can be generally obtained at low water from the large loose stones which lie on the northern side of the great breakwater, and also from the Renny Rocks ; but although a constant inhabitant at these places, it is never found in large numbers. Unlike Doris tuberculata and other allied species, it is not gregarious ; and it also appears to be of stationary habit and averse to migration. Its form is, in general, depressed, and its contour extremely variable. When in motion it usually assumes a narrow and elongated form, the posterior end of the foot projecting slightly from beneath the dorsal fold; but when at rest, the body usually broadens out until the outline is decidedly ovate, sometimes even circular, the foot being entirely concealed. The colour of /. /Johnstoni is well described by Alder and Hancock as “‘generally yellowish white or pale cream-coloured, occasionally of a buffish orange or lemon yellow.” It is not uniform, however. The rhinophores and anal tube are more or less deeply tinged with brown; and the back presents a mottled appearance, owing to numbers of darker spots which are scattered all over it. These spots are mostly of a pale brown or fawn-colour, and are small in size, but in addition there are always present a few rather larger spots which are conspicuous from their dark chocolate-brown or blackish colour and from their more or less regular arrangement. ‘They are five or six in number, and are situated at various points upon three imaginary longitudinal lines, A2 5O GARSTANG : STRUCTURE AND HABITS OF JORUNNA JOHNSTONI. one of which runs down the middle of the back, while the other two run backwards on either side from the rhinophores to the region of the branchiz. Differentiations of the dorsal integument along these three lines occur also in several allied genera, e.g. Gontodoris, Idalia. It is the general arrangement of the dark spots in these three lines which is constant; the actual position assumed by them upon the lines is subject to extensive variation in different individuals. The most symmetrical condition that I have met with is one in which there are two spots in each longitudinal row, the anterior spot in each lateral row being midway between the rhinophore and the posterior spot. Under this arrangement the brown-pigmented rhinophores seem to be the anterior members of the lateral rows of spots and easily escape recognition. Often there are no spots in the middle line at all (see McIntosh’s figure); more rarely there are more spots in the middle line than in either of the lateral lines (see Alder and Hancock’s fig. 2). Lastly, an asymmetrical arrangement of the spots in the lateral lines is very frequent: there may, for instance, be only one spot on one side, while there are two, or even three, on the other. Another feature which is highly characterestic of this species is met with in the disposition of the branchial plumes. These vary slightly in number, from 12 to 16 in all; and when expanded, as is almost always the case, they form a complete circle, enclosing the anus, and assuming the shape of a conical, tubular or cup-shaped prominence, according as the number of plumes present is smaller or greater. ; Alder and Hancock have described the back as being “closely covered with very minute, equal, linear, and spiculose tubercles, scarcely visible to the naked eye, and giving the cloak a granular appearance,” and one of their figures (figure 4) illustrates this state- ment. ‘This account is correct and distinctive so far as it goes, but it is inadequate in regard to the structure of the individual tubercles, and the figure can only have been drawn from a specimen in very poor condition. Ina fresh and healthy individual the tubercles are seen to have the shape of slender inverted cones, armed around their sides with 5 or 6 stout spicules, which project freely beyond the upper margins of the cones. Each tubercle, moreover, terminates in a slender tentacular process which possesses powers of slow contraction and extension. When contracted, the tentacular process is quite concealed within the crown of spicules; but when fully extended it protrudes for a considerable distance beyond them. Its surface is covered with cilia, and these appear to be stiffer and less vibratile at the apex than on the general surface. Near the tip of each tentacular GARSTANG : STRUCTURE AND HABITS OF JORUNNA JOHNSTONI. 51 process is a small group of opaque white bodies which appear to be gland-cells. I am inclined to believe that these curiously-formed tubercles discharge both a defensive [spicules] and a tactile [tentacular processes | function. So many fishes and invertebrates search for their prey by the sense of touch that it is a distinct advantage to a sedentary gastropod to have special tactile organs by which it may be warned when to adhere more firmly to its place of attachment, Every one knows how firmly a limpet clings to a rock after being touched or slightly disturbed. The tubercles are uniformly distributed all over the back of the nudibranch, except on the dark-brown patches, where they are more scanty. For several years I have paid attention to the habits of Jorunna Johnstont, both in its native haunts and in aquaria, in order to see whether the peculiarities of the species are in any sense adaptive. I believe that a decidedly affirmative answer can now be given to the question. /Jorunna Johnstoni is a very convincing instance of protective mimicry among marine animals—as complete in its own way as the best of cases in the insect world. In a paper* published three years ago, I drew attention to the remarkably sponge-like appearance of an individual of this species, the conical tube of branchial plumes simulating the protruding osculum of a small Hadichondria. So many additional details in this resemblance have since been forced upon me that I can no longer doubt the reality of the mimicry ; and in this fact the key is found to almost every peculiarity of form, marking, and habit which distinguishes the species from its allies. The nudibranch lives on the same stones as the small ffalichondrie (provided with only one or two oscula), which it so closely resembles, and the sponges are far more plentiful than the nudibranch. The irregularly ovate contour of /orunna Johnstoni, when at rest, approximates closely to the form of the sponge. ‘The osculum of the latter is strikingly mimicked by the tube of branchial plumes. The general colour of the two forms is the same, and the slight variations in tint exhibited by the nudibranch are also found in the sponge. The pale brownish spots on the back of /orunna Johnstoni are seen again in the sponge, where they seem to indicate the positions of the inhalent pores or ostia. The yielding, velvety, but spiculose surface of the sponge is similarly found in the nudibranch, whose back is completely covered * Jour. Mar. Biol. Ass. (N.S.), I., 1889, pp. 174 and 178. See also same journal, 1890, p. 445. 52 HERDMAN : PLEUROPHYLLIDIA LOVENI IN BRITAIN. with minute spiculose papille, the structure of which has been described above. The only external structures in the nudibranch which are altogether unrepresented in the sponge are the two dorsal tentacles or rhinophores ; and these might conceivably nullify the effect of all the resemblances which have here been shown to exist. ‘This obstacle, however, has been overcome in a way that points most decisively to the operation of natural selection. The presence of conspicuous spots on the back of the nudibranch, coloured darkly like the rhinophores, and arranged so that the rhinophores are included in the same series, effectually deceives the eye, and conceals the existence of projecting rhinophores from any but the closest scrutiny. The generally asymmetrical position of the dark spots, and the irregularity of their size and tint, also conspire to prevent the formation of any suspicion. In conclusion, it should be stated that the advantage to the species of so close a mimicry of sponges must be considerable, since it has already been shown by me (‘“ Nature,” 1890, p. 418) that sponges are highly distasteful to predatory fishes, and are shunned by them under natural as well as artificial conditions. AN ADDITIONAL OCCURRENCE OF PLEUROPHYLLIDIA LOVENI IN BRITAIN. BY We -AS ERD MAIN, 7 DSCs, cians or alas abs Professor of Natural History, University College, Liverpool. In Professor M’Intosh’s interesting “Note on the occurrence of Pleurophyllidia lovent in Britain,” in the “ Conchologist ” for June, p- 21, one record seems to have escaped notice. It is stated in the Note that since the specimens mentioned in “ Forbes and Hanley’s British Mollusca,” nothing appears to have been heard of the species ‘till the Trawling Expedition of 1884.” But during that interval a specimen was taken by the late Professor F. M. Balfour, off Dunbar, in mud, from a depth of thirty fathoms, as is recorded in Leslie and Herdman’s ‘ Invertebrate Fauna of the Firth of Forth,” published in 1881. Sy) ON THE PERIOSTRACUM OF HELIX ARBUSTORUM, Mull. ByiG. SHERRIE RSD YEE, Birmingham. On cleaning the shells of this species preparatory to putting them in my cabinet, I had often noticed that on the ultimate whorl for the space covering the last period of growth and completion of the shell, there appeared a dark fuscous covering which was readily removed by a little vigorous rubbing with a damp cloth, leaving the shell cleaner looking, and with its periostracum apparently undisturbed. Last year I collected this species in plenty at Buxton and Castleton, in Derbyshire, where it occurs generally distributed about the district with various varieties, Zavescens being fairly abundant. My attention was thus more particularly called to the peculiarity spoken of above. Careful examination revealed the fact that the periostracum is double. This doubling starts from the commence- ment of a period of growth—where it is scarcely perceptible—and goes on gradually increasing in strength until the finish of that growth, being most easily seen in the last, or finishing part. The outer periostracum of early life is probably rubbed off by the creature’s movements among damp vegetation, as it is not so firmly fixed to the inner—or true—periostracum below it, as that is to the shell. In patriarchal individuals it is not of such extent as in the more recently finished shells, although I have never seen a shell whereon it did not show plainly round and about the lip. I have forwarded to Mr. W. E. Collinge five numbered shells in illustration of my remarks, the first four being from Buxton. No. 1. The outer layer of periostracum is removed in a band (going towards the mouth) to a line terminating below the peripheral band. The inner periostracum is removed (exposing the shell) in a line above the band, thus showing the two periostracal layers. No. 2 has the outer covering only, removed in a curve terminating at the mouth above the band, but not below it. No. 3 (var. flavescens) is treated in a similar manner to No. 1, and shows the three bands, shell white, lower periostracum lemon, upper ochre. 54 SHERRIFF TYE: PERIOSTRACUM OF HELIX ARBUSTORUM. No. 4 shows the three bands as above, but running from the base of the penultimate whorl towards the umbilicus (ze., reverse way to the others), the lip dark with its double covering, next ochre lower covering, then shell. No. 5 is var. flavescens just as it occurs in nature. When the two layers of periostracum are present the shell is a dark ochreous colour, when only one, it is a pale lemon, a small spot of the inner coating is removed, showing the white shell. Five of these shells were taken at Lassington, in Worcester- shire; they are very pale. One in my possession has the outer periostracum intact, and gently graduated from the end of the second growth to the finish—a perfect example of a beautiful shell—showing the double periostracum as clearly as it can be seen, and the change of tint due to it. If the last (completing) growth of a shell be dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid, the periostracum—which is not acted upon by the acid—will plainly show the double layer, under the microscope. I do not know whether this peculiarity may be found in other species, I have examined many from various parts of the world but failed to find it. As A. ardustorum has been considered the repre- sentative in Europe of a type having its home in California I turned specially to the species from that part of the earth, but failed to find any indication of a double periostracum, although it is readily seen on every form of 1. arbustorum—from every country or locality—which has come under my notice. While speaking of this species may I ask if there is a true adbino variety? The var. flavescens is milk-white when denuded of its periostracum—analogous to /7. asfersa var. exalbida. I have never seen a shell of 4. arbustorum which by any stretch of the imagination could be called white with the periostracum on, though I note Moquin-Tandon gives a var. albina. . In Science Gossip for August, Mr. Wigglesworth reports taking pink coloured shells of this species—In June last I found pink shells, which I kept on account of their colour, at the Wren’s Nest, Staffordshire. The Molluscs were feeding on Coltsfoot (Zussc/ago Jarfara, L.). Has the plant any influence in giving this colour to the shells? It is known to entomologists that if the caterpillar of the common Tiger Moth (4vctia caia) is fed upon Coltsfoot, it gives rise in the perfect insect to varietal shades of colour in yellow, brown, or black. 55 SOME REMARKS ON THE COLOUR CHANGES IN ARION INTERMEDIUS, Normand. By W. A. GAIN, Joint Editor, Molluscan Section, “* British Naturalist” ; Tuxford, Newark. Ir appears to me that we shall be obliged to greatly reduce the number of varieties generally accorded to our British Slugs, for many of the forms usually considered distinct are merely stages in the growth of a variety or species ; probably to write a full history of any species it will be found requisite, not only to describe a number of varieties, but under each variety to group the forms through which it successively passes. Avion empiricorum, Fér., as is well known, darkens with age, in many cases passing through stages of colouring quite distinct from that which it finally assumes. Of this slug I hope to say more at a future time, as I have a number at present under observation, and am taking notes of the colour changes. In A. ¢ntermedius the general change of colour appears to be from dark to light. I have known this slug in its young state either as dark green or yellow. On April gth, 1892, I obtained a number of the green-coloured variety, and the following notes record the various changes :— On May 24th they had “slightly grown ; greenish-yellow in colour, with more or less distinct slaty lines.” June 5th.—“ Larger, and have lost the green colour, now yellow, more or less bright, with well-developed lines, one specimen with a dusky line down the centre of the back.” June 17th.—“ All four living, three full-grown. All very pale yellow, almost white, uniform except sole and slime gland, which are rather deeper. No lines on the sides of the body or around the mantle.” June 29th.—‘‘One appeared above the soil after watering,”—they frequently penetrate into loose soil—“ 4, LOZS. ” 78 COLLINGE: A REVIEW OF THE ARIONID OF THE BRITISH ISLES. Arion marginatus, Kickx, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. d. Bruxelles, T. iv, p- 139, 1337. ., leucopheus, Normand, Descr. six limaces nouv., p. 6, 1852 (description insufficient). ., hortensis, var. grisea, Bourg., Malac. Gr. de Chartr., pl. 1, fig. 10, 1864. », a@upuyanus, Bourg., Malac. Gr. de Chartr., p. 30, pl. i figs. 1-4 (young examples). bourguignati, Mabille, Rev. et Mag. Zool., p. 138, 1868. neustriacus, Mabille, Rev. et Mag. Zool., p. 138, 1868. , ambiguus, Pollonera, Contrib. a Studio delgi Avzon europe, p- 13, pl. ix, figs. 16-21, 1889. Bopy light grey, yellow or brown; lateral bands darker than ground colour, continued to front of mantle; head and tentacles dark or greyish blue; sole white or light yellow : foot fringe greyish-white or yellow; ruge narrow; keel variable, distinct in young specimens. In introducing Nilsson’s A. fasciatus as the type of a slug found in this country, it will be necessary to enter in some detail into the history of the same, and my reasons for classing as synonyms A. circumscripius, bourguignatt, and ambiguus. In 1822 Nilsson described an Avion (Limax) fasciatus, and still later used the same name for very different species than his type, but this does not in any way invalidate his original description. In 1828 Johnston (22) described an Arion circumscriptus, which seems to have been overlooked by most authors until brought to light again by Pollonera. In 1868, Mabille (24) described an Avion bourguignati which Mr. Cockerell (7) pointed out was the A. circumscriptus of Johnston, and in 1889 Pollonera described an Avion ambiguus which I am now referring to A. fasciatus. After a careful study of an -exceedingly large number of specimens of all ages, I am of opinion that all the above forms are synonymous with Nilsson’s type. The A. crcumscriptus and A. ambiguus are not keeled, whereas the A. bourguignati is. In the young stages A. circumscripius exhibits slight traces of a posterior keel, but the presence or absence of a keel is quite an unimportant matter, as such slight external modifications—which differ greatly according to age and environment—are insufficient for specific distinction. Signor Carlo Pollonera has very kindly written me at some length respecting these forms, and he is of opinion that for the keeled form the name 4. dourguignati, Mabille, must be retained, and if A. circumscriptus, Johnst., is not keeled, he thinks we had COLLINGE: A REVIEW OF THE ARIONID# OF THE BRITISH ISLES. 79 better accept it for what he has described as A. ambiguus, which he states is an Avion bourguignati not keeled. Mr. Cockerell has also suggested “that it is perhaps not unlikely that 4. cercumscriptus was founded on 4. ambiguus, rather than A. bourguignait proper,” but he thinks that both the British and Continental forms are specifically identical. Reference to the anatomy will alone solve the problem whether these three slugs are each distinct species or forms of one species. I have not the slightest hesitation in saying that the internal anatomy of the three is identical. Forms of A. bourguignati received from Pollonera have been compared with the A. circumscriptus and A. ambiguus found in this country, and I fail to see any distinctions worthy of note that would specifically separate them, therefore, we have no alternative but to accept these three names as synonyms of 4. fasciatus, Nilsson, for the type of this author was certainly an Arion bourguignatt. Like A. empiricorum, etc., it assumes, when tapped upon the head or an attempt is made to lift it, the peculiar arched form, ANAToMy.—Whilst showing affinities with 4. Aordensis, there are certain well marked and permanent characteristics. The single vestibule is large and well developed. ‘The free oviduct is short and seldom exhibits a broad and narrow portion. ‘The vas deferens is considerably longer than in A. ortensis, slender in the upper portion, dilating a little in the lower end, but very rarely, if ever, exhibits swollen portions at its juncture with the vestibule. The receptaculum seminis is elongated, terminating in an attenuated apex, quite distinct from any other British Avzon. REPRODUCTION.—The eggs are deposited from April to July. The young forms are often of a light-yellow or straw colour, as described by Johnston (22). VARIATION.—There are three well marked varieties in Britain, viz., a brown, a yellow, and a silver-grey form. A—uneustriacus, Mabille. This and the variety C.seem to be the two forms generally met with in the British Isles. The var. subfusca, Roebuck, is synonymous with this. p—jflavescens, Cllge. (11). A not uncommon form. c—var. nov. gvzsews. Animal a light silver-grey with darker grey lateral bands. Bourguignat named a figure of Férussac’s A. hortensis, as var. grisea, which is probably a form of A. fasciatus and not hortensts. Descriptions of figures, in my Opinion, are not admissible in any rational system of nomenclature, and as the g7vsea of Bourguignat does not seem to have been since recorded, I am describing the above, which, as far as I can learn, is not found on the Continent. 80 COLLINGE: A REVIEW OF THE ARIONID OF THE BRITISH ISLES. D—armoricana, Pollonera. Recorded by Mr. Cockerell (6) from Sturminster Marshall, Dorset. The known varieties may be classed as follows :— Arion fasciatus, Nils. No keel in adult. Keel present in adult. v. neustriacus, Mab. (brown). v. meustriacus, Mab. (Continental v. flavescens, Clige. (yellow). I form). v. griseus, Clige. (silver-grey). | pv. maser, Poll. v. armoricana, Poll. \ Not found in the British Isles. Geomalacus, Allman. Bopy sub-cylindrical; mantle and upper portion of the body black or very dark grey, spotted with yellow, these markings forming more or less interrupted stripes ; head and tentacles dark grey; sole light yellow; foot-fringe brown with transverse lineoles ; rugze long and closely set ; respiratory orifice at the front of the middle of the mantle ; genital orifice at the base of the right lower tentacle; mucous gland at the posterior extremity of the body, opening by a transverse slit ; shell solid. This genus was established by Allman (t) in 1846. It resembles the genus Avion in having a caudal gland, which, however, opens transversely and not longitudinally as in the former genus. The genital orifice lies behind the base of the right lower tentacle, thus resembling the Zzmacide. ‘There is a solid internal shell, not unlike that found in Zzmax. There is but one species found in the British Isles, and that occurs in Ireland only. It also occurs in the north-west of Spain and in the north of Portugal. Much rubbish has been written about the genus by French malacologists, which many years ago induced Dr. D. F. Heynemann to reply to the various observations in a masterly paper (20-214). Geomalacus maculosus, Allman, 1846. Bopy a glossy brown or deep grey, the mantle and back being spotted with a series of yellow or yellowish-white markings which are often close and regular enough to give it the appearance of longitudinal bands; head and tentacles dark grey ; sole yellowish-white. This interesting slug was discovered by Mr. William Andrews in the autumn of 1842, “on rocks around Lough Carrough, to the south of Castlemain Bay, Co. Kerry, in the west of Ireland.” It was described by Allman in 1846. COLLINGE: A REVIEW OF THE ARIONIDA OF THE BRITISH ISLES. 81 Anatomy.—The digestive system resembles that of Arvzon. The reproductive organs are very characteristic. There is a well developed retractor muscle which has its attachment just where the vas deferens opens into it. The vas deferens is much larger than in Arion, and the oviduct shorter. The penis is very long and consists of the largely-developed duct of the receptaculum seminis. REPRODUCTION.—From the observations of Signor de Silva e Castro the eggs are transparent and exceedingly large, measuring from 5 to 7 mm. long and 3 mm. broad (41). Haprrat.—Dr. Scharff, who has collected this slug in its natural habitat, says he found them among lichens, ‘The dark grey lichens, . with the white or yellowish fructification, conceal the slug perfectly, and there is no doubt that we have here a most striking instance of protective colouring.” The species has been figured by Allman, Heynemann, Scharff, Forbes and Hanley, Jeffreys and Rimmer, the last three being I presume, copies of Allman’s figure. The best illustrations are those of Scharff and Heynemann. ‘There are also figures of the anatomy, Dr. Scharff informs me, in Aun. and Mag. New York Lyceum of N.H., vol. xi, 1874, in a paper by Binney (the figure is completely wrong, I am informed), and also in Godwin-Austen’s “ Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India,” pl. xii. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1 ALLMAN, G. J.—‘ Description of a new genus of Pulmonary Gasteropod.” Ann. and Mag. N-H., vol. xvu, 1846. Baupon, Auc.—‘‘ Mémoire sur les Limaciens du Département de l’Oise.” Beauvais, 1871. nN 3 CockERELL, T. D. A.—“ Arion subfuscus.” Science Goss., p- 114, 1886. 4 Do. “On the Geographical Distrib. of Slugs.” Proc. Zool. S0C., p. 214, 1891. 5 Do. ‘The Genera ZLimax, Arion, and Helix.” The Conchologist, vol. II, p. 28, 1892. Do. ‘“Mollusca Notes.” Brit. Nat., p. ror, 1891. 7 Do. “A. circumscriptus, Johnst., = bourguignati, Mab.” Brit. Nat., p. 20, 1891. 8 Do. “Notes on A. hortensis, A. circumscriptus, and their allies.” The Conchologist, vol. i, p. 33, 1891. 9 Do. ‘*Notes on Slugs, chiefly in the Collection at the British Museum.” Ann.and Mag. N.H., p. 277 and 380, 1890; p. 97 and 328, 18ogr. 10 COLLINGE, WALTER E.—‘‘ Notes on the Variation of the Genus Arion, Fér.” Ann. and Mag. N.H., vol. ix, p- 307, 1892. 82 COLLINGE: A REVIEW OF THE ARIONID# OF THE BRITISH ISLES. 11 COLLINGE, WALTER E.—‘“ Descriptions of a new variety of .4770n hortensis, Fer., and A. circumscriptus, Johnst.” The Conchologist, vol. il, p. 26, 1892. 12 Do. *“A Catalogue of the Slugs of the British Isles.” Brit. Nat., 1892. 13 DRAPARNAUD, J. P. R.—‘‘ Hist. Nat. des Moll. terr. et fluv. de France,” 1805-31. 15 Drovet, H.— Eléments de la Faune. Acoréene.” Paris, 186r. 16 Frrussac, A. E.—‘‘ Histoire Nat. des Mollesques,” 1819. 17 Garin, W. A.—Young Avion ater.” Sci. Goss., p. 45, 1890. 18 Do. “Some Remarks on the Colour Changes in Arion intermedius, Normand.” The Conchologist, vol. li, p. 53, 1892. 19 GASSIES ET FiscHER.—‘‘ Monographie du Genre TZestacella.” Paris, 1856. 20 HEYNEMANN, D. F.—‘“ Uber Geomalacus.” Malak. Blatter, vol. xxi, 1873: 21 Do. “Zur Kenntniss von Geomalacus.” Nhrbl. d. d. Malak. Geosl., p. 165, 1869. 2A Do. ** On the French species of the Genus Geoma/acus.” Ann. and Mag. 'N.H., vol. xi, p. 271, 1873. 22 JOHNSTON, GEORGE.—‘‘ A few Remarks on the Class Mollusca.” Edinb. new Philosoph. Journ., p. 74, 1828. 22ALAwson, H.—* General Anatomy of Zimax maximus.” Micro. Journ., vol. i, 1863. 23 MaBILLE, M. J.—‘‘Le Genre Geomalacus en France.” Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vol. xix, il. ser., p. 53, 1867. 24 Do. ‘Les Limaciens européens.” Rev. et Mag. de Zool., vol. xx, il. ser., 1868. 25 Morevet, A.—‘“ Descr. d. Moll. terr. et fluv. du Portugal.” 1845. 26 Newton, Epwin T.—‘On the Anatomical Diffs. obs. in some species of the Aedices and Limaces.” Trans. Roy. Micro. Soc., vol. xvi, p. 26, 1868. 27 NORMAND, N. A. J.—‘‘ Descr. de six Limaces nouv. observées aux env. de Valenciennes.” 1852. 28 NuNNELEY, T.—‘‘ A Descr. of the Internal Structure of Various Limaces.” Trans. Leeds Phil. and Lit. Soc., 1837. 29 POLLONERA, CARLO.—‘“‘ Specie nuove o mal conosciente di Arion europei.” Atti. d. R. Acad. di Torino, vol. xxi, 1886-7. 30 Do. “Nuove contribuzioni allo studio degli Férrusac’s figure, if not swSfrscus is very closely allied to it, whereas the A. occidentalis, Ckll., belongs to the /ortens7s group. In my opinion, it is A. hortensis.—W. E. C. COCKERELL AND COLLINGE: CHECK-LIST OF SLUGS. 213 However, the slug is probably only subspecifically distinct from A, subfuscus, to which it may be allied through such forms as vormannt. Simroth has shown that ¢xtermedius (minimus) is quite distinct from all swbfuscus forms, and consequently whether campestris is a variety or sub-species of swbfuscus, or an allied species, it ought not at the present day to be confounded with ¢vzermedius. But the outward similarity is such, that in dealing with the old descriptions we can hardly come to any certain judgment. Simroth has remarked, however, on the large size of Miiller’s /avzs, which seems to distinguish it from ¢termedius. Miuller’s Avzons have always been a source of perplexity, and it may not be amiss to give some account of them for the benefit of those who cannot consult the original work. O. F. Miiller.— Verm. Terr. et Fluv. Hist., vol. 2 (1774). p- 2. Limax ater. The first variety is the Linnean ater. The fourth variety “‘ fusco-castaneus, ora lutescente ; subtus aibis,” is said to be L. subrufus, Linn. p. 4. ZLimax albus. \Vith four varieties. p. 7. Limax succineus. “L. supra subrufus, subtus albus.” ‘*Long. 1} unc. Rufo-fuscus vel succint coloris est absque maculis aut cingulo. Tentacula majorit superne nigra; inter haec linea obscura.” With: reference) to... subrajusy Wa) Syst) se and Hill, Anim. p. 87, l.c. Muller here makes some mistake, as LZ. swccineus and L. ater var. (as above) either should not be separated, or are not both subrufus, L. p. 9. Limax cinctus. Two inches long, yellowish, amber above, white beneath, band and back with grey bands. Whatis this? s&s Handbills, not exceeding four pages, £1 per insertion. REPRINTS. Authors who may wish additional copies of their papers, may have the same at the following rates (in printed covers) IF ORDERED ON RETURN OF PROOF :— 50 100 200 copies. copies. copies. 4 pages fas 6/6 a 10/- Se 13/9 ee an 7/9 ae 11/6 S 16/6 E20 as, Nr 9/6 55° 14/9 or 21/- LOT 55 aes 11/6 ae 17/- oy 24/- “ The Conchologist” is published on each Quarter-Day. Annual Sub- scription, 4s. 4d., post free. Single Copies, Is. 1d. All communications intended for publication, books, .c., for review, should be forwarded on or before the first of the month preceding publication, and addressed to W. E. COLLINGE, St. Andrews, N.B. N.B.—Correspondents desiring a reply by post, are requested to enclose a stamped and addressed -envelope or letter-card. BOOKS, &c., RECEIVED. Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, 2nd series, pts. 25-27. [Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil. Catalogue of the L. and F. Shells found in the County of Suffolk. By Carleton Greene, M.A., Prof. Suff. Inst. of Arch. & N.H., Vol. 7, pt. 3, 1891. [Author. The Newest Species of W. Indian Land Shells. By H. A. Pilsbry. [Author. Soc. Roy. Malacologique de Belgique.—Procés-verbeaux, annee 1890-91. [La Soc. Leeds Nat. Club and Sci. Assoc.—Trans., Vol. ii., for 1890. [The Club. The Journal of Conchology, Vol. vi., No. 12, 1891. [John W. Taylor, editor. The Naturalist. Jan., Feb., and March. [Messrs. Roebuck and Waite, editors. The British Naturalist. Jan., Feb., and March. [John E. Robson, editor. The Natural History Journal. February. [J. E. Clark and others, editors. Naturze Novitates. Nos. 20 to 23. [R. Friedlander & Sohn. Book Catalogue—Mollusca, &c. [J. B. Balliere & Fils. THE CONCHOLOGIST. ili ‘THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator of the Conchological Section, Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia. The Manual of Conchology is a /z//y id/ustrated monography of the species of recent molluscs, arranged according to their natural affinities. Being later than the monographs of Reeve, Kiener, Kiister, &c., it is much more complete, including hundreds of species not represented in previous monographs, and illustrating a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the FIRST SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which twelve volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which six volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured edition $ 5°00 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india-tinted plates) $ 8°00 per part. Back parts will be delivered to subscribers at such intervals as may be desired by them. Subscriptions may begin or end with any volume. Single volumes will be sold separately if desired. Address: S. Raymond Roberts, Treasurer Conchological Section, A.N.S., Phil. P.O. BOX 93.—GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. SYMINGTON’S OLD BOOK BAZAAR, LEEDS. 36,000 VOLUMES IN STOCK. Embracing every description of Literature including SETS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES’ PUBLICATIONS, MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS, Esteemed Authors, Scientific, Antiquarian, and General Literature. CATALOGUES SENT TO BOOK-LOVERS AND BUYERS FREE. THE NATURAL HISTORY JOURNAL AND SCHOOL REPORTER. SIXTEENTH YEAR OF PUBLICATION. ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 3/-. NIN SS LTSsSsVUEBS PER YEAR. SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BEGINNERS & SCHOOL SOCIETIES. SPECIMEN COPIES, FREE. J.E. CLARK, BOOTHAM, YORK. iv THE CONCHOLOGITST. PLEUROTOMARIA ADANSONIANA (Crosse and Fischer). RECENT. Tobago - - - = ° West Indies. The dimensions of this rare shell are as follows :—Total height, 162 mm. ; greatest diameter, 163 mm. ; height of aperture, 52 mm. ; width of umbilicus, 30 mm. ; length of fissure, 235 mm. ; width of fissure, 5 mm. This, therefore, is the second in size of the specimens of recent Pleurotomarvia in existence. It is in almost perfect condition, and looks as if, when found, it had had the living animal still in the shell. [The specimen was purchased from Mr. Guppy, and is now the property of Mr. Robert F. Damon, of Weymouth. ] Reproductions of the above beautiful and extremely rare shell have been prepared by an experienced London Formatari, and coloured facsimile by a well-known artist, and are now being supplied by Mr. ROBERT F. DAMON (Weymouth). N.B.—These casts look exactly like the original, only cleaner. THE GENUS ‘ARJON FER. I shall be pleased to see vars. of any of the species of this genus or forms from the South of England of any description. I acknowledge with many thanks the receipt of communications, or specimens, from Messrs. J. F. BAXTER, T. D. A. COCKERELL, E. W. SWANTON, and J. H. PATON. W. E. COLLINGE, Sr. ANDREWS, N.B. G B. SOWHRBEY, 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection, Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 10s. to £500, Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named, and arranged. Thesaurus Conchyliorum. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. Part 44 (completing the fifth volume) contains a completion of the Monographs of the Genera Conus and Voluta, with Thirteen Coloured Plates. Price, £1 5s. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species. Price, £1 15s. N.B.—G,B.S. continues to supply Glass-Top. Boxes, &c. Price Lists on Application. LINNASA INSTITUTION FOR NATURAL HISTORY, BERLIN, N.W., LUISENPLATZ, 6. Largest Stock of Recent Shells. We offer the following collections :— 1. Collection of Terrestrial and Fluviatic Shells of the Grecian Fauna; 160 species in 20 genera. ~ Price, 80 marks. 2. Collection of the Marine, Fluviatic, and Terrestrial Shells of Europe (from the paleoartic region) ; 1,360 species in 225 genera. Price, 600 marks. 3. Collection of Shells, Gasteropoda and Acephala of the whole earth ; 1,600 species in 400 genera, price 1,500 marks ;_ 1,000 species in 340 genera, price 550 marks ; 500 species in 240 genera, price 200 marks. Special Catalogues on application. Specimens sent for selection. Printed by McCorquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. No. 2. JUNE 24th, 1892. Vol. Hl. A Quarterly Journal of Malacologn. EDITED BY WAL ER EC OLLIB-G EE. UNITED COLLEGE, ST. ANDREWS; WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF REV oAswtt. COOKE. M.A., Fal. Soy Bb eZase Kine’s COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE ; WALTER GARSTANG, M.A., MaRINE BIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION, PLYMOUTH ; Re¥. SCHARFF; Pu. D:, B.Sc., M.R.I.A., E. RUTHVEN, SYKES, B.A., Naturat History Museum, Dustin. WEYMOUTH. Contents: PAGE Note on the Occurrence of Pleurophyllidia lovend in Britain— Brof, W. €. M’Intosh;,M: D., LE. Di, Es R.S., &c: 21 Description of a New Species of Acroftychia ... Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 22 Bibliography of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Dorset— E. Ruthven Sykes, B.A. 24 Descriptions of a New ail of Arion hor hice Fér., and A. circumscriptus, Johnst. see 3 x oss .. Walter E. Collinge. 26 On the Classification of Varieties .. Robert eeteisld, M;-A., B.Sc. oF The Genera ZLimax, Arion, and Helix—T. D. A: Cockerell, F.Z.S., F.E.S. 28 Some further Remarks on the Burrowing Habits of Certain Land Molluscs— Walter E. eee 29 Bibliography of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Sussex. ... a 30 Societies’ Proceedings ae ae nah ais Bh tee ee see 23 : : ~... § [ryon’s Manual of Conchology.—E.R.S.... 34. eee eratere 2 Rosy = The Conchological Society’s List. —W.E.C. 34 Note : Additions to the Mollusca of South Wilts. —E. W. Swanton. oe 40 Editor’s Notes Sc age ee aa a a ian fe ase 40 LONDON - - - SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO. BERLIN + - - R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN. PRICE ONE SHILLING. All Communications to be addressed—W. E. COLLINGE, St. Andrews, N.B. il THE CONCHOLOGIST. ADVERTISEMENTS. - An Ss as % Sse. One Page as ro: @ Four insertions 3) £0 Half Page a O;12, 6 a 2 00 Quarter Page of 74 6 55 % 1 -'5 0 Handbills, not exceeding four pages, #1 per insertion, REPRINTS. Authors who may wish additional copies of their papers, may have the same at the following rates (in printed covers) IF ORDERED ON RETURN OF PROOF :— 50 100 200 copies. copies. copies. 4 pages ese 6/6 wae 10/- ate 13/9 a oe 7/9 xi 11/6 ae 16/6 E24 ee. ae 9/6 ie 14/9 ite 21/- EG, © i. 11/6 ae 17/- ie 24/- “The Conchologist” is published on each Quarter-Day, Annual Sub- scription, 4s. 4d., post free. Single Copies, Is. Id. All communications intended for publication, books, &c., for review, should be forwarded on or before the first of the month preceding publication, and addressed to W. E. CoLLINGE, St. Andrews, N.B. N.B.—Correspondents desiring a reply by post, are requested to enclose a stamped and addressed envelope or letter-card. SYMINGTON’S OLD BOOK BAZAAR, LEEDS. 36,000 VOLUMES IN STOCK. Embracing every description of Literature including SETS OF LEARNED: SOCIETIES’ PUBLICATIONS: MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS, Esteemed Authors, Scientific, Antiquarian, and General Literature. CATALOGUES SENT TO BOOK-LOVERS AND BUYERS FREE. THE IRISH NATURALIST. A Wonihly BJournal of General Srish Blatural History. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., AND R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.I.A. Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland, A series of papers on the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Ireland, by Dr. R. F. Scharff, is now appearing. Price 6d. Subscriptions for 1892 (nine parts), 3s. 6d. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messré. Eason & Son, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. THE CONCHOLOGIST. iii THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator of the Conchological Section, Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia. The Manual of Conchology is a /wdly illustrated monography of the species of recent molluscs, arranged according to their natural affinities. Being later than the monographs of Reeve, Kiener, Kiister, &c., it is much more complete, including hundreds of species not represented in previous monographs, and illustrating a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the FIRST SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which twelve volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which six volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured edition $ 5'00 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india-tinted plates) $ 800 per part. Back parts will be delivered to subscribers at such intervals as may be desired by them. Subscriptions may begin or end with any volume, Single volumes will be sold separately if desired. Address: S. Raymond Roberts, Treasurer Conchological Section, A.N.S., Phil. P.O. BOX 93.—GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. THE BRITISH NATURALIST. AN ILLUSTRATED MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. Conducted by JOHN E. ROBSON, F.E.S. Contains Articles and Notes on General Zoology by well known writers. Molluscan Section : Conducted by Messrs. W. A. Gain and Brockton Tomlin. A series of portraits of ‘* Naturalists of the day” are now appearing. Special Supplements. Societies’ Reports. General Notes. Annual Subscription, 6/-. All communications to be addressed: JoHN E. Rosson, Hartlepool. THE NATURAL HISTORY JOURNAL AND SCHOOL REPORTER. SIXTEENTH YEAR OF PUBLICATION. ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 3/-. NINE ISSUES PER YEAR. SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BEGINNERS & SCHOOL SOCIETIES. SPECIMEN COPIES, FREE. J.E. CLARK, BOOTHAM, YORK. iy THE CONCHOLOGIST CONCHOLOGY, GEOLOGY, ZooLoGy, &c. ROBERT FEF. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the LARGEST STOCK OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS of any dealer in this country. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 4% hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogue sent on application. Coe eee oad Wile noe 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 Ios. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named, and arranged. Thesaurus Conchyliorum. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. Part 44 (completing the fifth volume) contains a completion of the Monographs of the Genera Conus and Voluta, with Thirteen Coloured Plates. Price, £1 5s. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species. Price, £1 I5s. N.B.—G.B.S. continues to supply Glass-Top Boxes, &c. Price Lists on Application. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE 1 BERLIN, N.W,; Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on M Oda tO See 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS :— 1. Scripta miscellanea. 6. Cephalopoda. 2. Faunez Malacologice. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and 3. Gasteropoda. Brachiopoda). 4. Lamellibranchiata. 8, Tunicata (Ascidz and Salpz). 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and 9. Mollusca fossitia. Scaphopoda. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. Printed by McCorquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. NOTICE. On and after this date (September 29th) all communications respecting the “ Conchologist” should be addressed as under :— WALTER E. COLLINGE, MASON COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM. No. 3. SEPTEMBER 29th, 1892. Vol. Il. GONGHOLOGIST A Quarterly Journal of MPalacology. EDITED BY Woe nk Eo COR ETN Gt: UNITED CoLLEGE, ST. ANDREWS} WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF Rev. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S., Kinc’s COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE 3; WALTER GARSTANG, M.A., MarinE Bioitocicat AssociaTION, PLYMOUTH 3 Ri F. SCHARFF, Pu.D., B.Sc., M.R.I.A., E. RUTHVEN SYKES, B.A., Natura. History Museum, DuB in. WEYMOUTH. Contents: PAGE On the Origin of the Genera of Land and Freshwater Mollusca. — Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S. 41 Notes on the Structure and Habits of Jorunna Johnstoni,— Walter Garstang, M.A. 49 An Additional Occurrence of Pleurophyllidia lovent in Britain.— Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S., &c. 52 On the Periostracum of Helix arbustorum, Mill. ... G. Sherriff Tye. 53 Some Remarks on the Colour Changes in Arion intermedius, Normand.— W. A. Gain. 55 A Review of the Arzonide of the British Isles. ... Walter E. Collinge. 56 Current Literature. Review: Sowerby’s ‘‘ Marine Shells of South Africa.”—H. 66 Notes: New Varieties of Californian Slugs.—T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S., F.E.S. ; Plewrophyllidia lovenz in Britain,—F. G. Greisbach. ae fee Editor’s Notes ts i See ee toe 5 Bet oe BAe 72 LONDON - - . SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO. BERLIN - - - R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN. PRICE ONE SHILLING. All Communications to be addressed—W. E. COLLINGE, St. Andrews, N.B. il THE CONCHOLOGIST. “The Conchologist” is published on each Quarter- Daye Annual Sub- scription, 4s. 4d., post free. Single Copies, Is. 1d. All communications intended for publication, books, &c., for review, should be forwarded on or before the first of the month preceding publication, and addressed to W. E. CoLLInGE, St. Andrews, N.B. N.B.—Correspondents desiring a reply by post, are requested to enclose a stamped and addressed envelope or letter-card. MARINE SHELLS of SOUTH AFRICA. A catalogue of all the known species, with references to figures in various works, descriptions of new species, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. By G. BaSOWERBY,iiFALSs° F.ZS: Imperial 8vo. cloth, 12s. net. SYMINGTON’S OLD BOOK BAZAAR, LEEDS. 36,000 VOLUMES IN STOCK. Embracing every description of Literature including SETS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES’ PUBLICATIONS, MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS, Esteemed Authors, Scientific, Antiquarian, and General Literature. CATALOGUES SENT TO BOOK-LOVERS AND BUYERS FREE. THE IRISH NATURALIST. A BWonth{ly Dournal of General Irish Batural Hisfory. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., AND - LLOYD: PRAEGER, B.As) MoR ICA: Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland, A series of papers on the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Ireland, by Dr. R. F. Scharff, is now appearing. Price 6d. Subscriptions for 1892 (nine parts), 3s. 6d. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messrs. Eason & SON, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. THE CONCHOLOGIST. iii THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator of the Conchological Section, Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia. The Manual of Conchology is a /td/y t//ustrated monography of the species of recent molluscs, arranged according to their natural affinities. Being later than the monographs of Reeve, Kiener, Kiister, &c., it is much more complete, including hundreds of species not represented in previous monographs, and illustrating a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the FIRST SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which twelve volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which six volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured edition $ 5*00 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india-tinted plates) $ 8°00 per part. Back parts will be delivered to subscribers at such intervals as may be desired by them. Subscriptions may begin or end with any volume. Single volumes will be sold separately if desired. Address: S. Raymond Roberts, Treasurer Conchological Section, A.N.S., Phil. P.O. BOX 93.—GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. THE BRITISH NATURALIST. AN ILLUSTRATED MAGAZINE OF NATURAL. HISTORY. Conducted by JOHN FE. ROBSON, F.E.S. Contains Articles and Notes on General Zoology by well known writers. Molluscan Section : Conducted by Messrs. W. A. Gain and Brockton Tomlin. A series of portraits of ‘‘ Naturalists of the day” are now appearing. Special Supplements. Societies’ Reports. General Notes. Annual Subscription, 6/-. All communications to be addressed: JoHN E. Rosson, Hartlepool. THE NATURAL HISTORY JOURNAL AND SCHOOL REPORTER. SIXTEENTH YEAR QF PUBLICATION. ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 3/- ON PAB ON a St Se SSO) BENS ees Sd Se Sanaa Sle Se SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BEGINNERS & SCHOOL SOCIETIES. SPECIMEN COPIES, FREE. J.E. CLARK, BOOTHAM, YORK. iv THE CONCHOLOGIST. CONCHOLOGY, GEOLOGY, ZooLoGcy, &c. ROBEHRT FEF. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the LARGEST STOCK OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS of any dealer in this country. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 4% hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogue sent on application. CF. Efae BG WV. BLES Eee, 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 Ios. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named, and arranged. Thesaurus Conchyliorum. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. Part 44 (completing the fifth volume) contains a completion of the Monographs of the Genera Conus and Voluta, with Thirteen Coloured Plates. Price, £1 5s. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species. Price, £1 15s. N.B.—G.B.S. continues to supply Glass-Top Boxes, &c. Price Lists on Application. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE/ 811 (BERELIN, NW; Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on MOA Sea 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS :— 1. Scripta miscellanea. 6. Cephalopoda. 2. Faune Malacologice. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and 3. Gasteropoda. Brachiopoda). 4. Lamellibranchiata. 8, Tunicata (Ascide and Salpz). 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and 9. Mollusca fossilia. Scaphopoda. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. Printed by McCorquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. No. 4. DECEMBER 4th, 1802. Vol. I. TEE UUNGHULOLIS | A Quarterly PJournal of Malacology. EDITED BY Week DE Reo, COL LUNG Mason CoLueGe, BIRMINGHAM ; WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF REVAeAS eH COOKE, MaAt EsZ59.. KiNnG’s COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE 3 WALTER GARSTANG, M.A., MariInE BIoLoGICcAL ASSOCIATION, PLYMOUTH 3 IRS IES SICISUNRIRIDS IRIE IDS IBsISiehg NYE )RS) IS yANee E RUAENVEINGS VIGE Sheba, Natura. History Museum, DuBLIn. WEYMOUTH. Confenfs: PAGE Review of the Genus Pyvz/a (Lamarck), and description of a New Species.— G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 73 Notice of an Imperforate Specimen of Halzotis. cs 5% op Edgar A. Smith, BeZaSs 75 A Review of the Avzonide of the British Isles. ae oe .. Walter E. Collinge. 76 On the Affinities of the Genera Liwzax, Arion, and Helix. R. F. Scharff, Ph.D., B.Sc., M.R.I.A. 83 The British Avzonide. 26 a “ ae ie DIAL Cackevell IDAs nq Lal Barsb 84 The British Arionide : A Rene “a Be an “ .. Walter E. Collinge. 85 Brussina’s ‘* Tertiary F Gaal, 2 CB Vis) anes ee a a = 86 Neyors ‘* British Oligocene and Eocene Mollusca.” W.E.C. ws 87 Current Literature: J Tryon’s ‘‘ Manual of Conchology.” E.R.S. .. ; = “ 88 Reviews. Fischer & Bouvier’s ‘‘ Asymmetry of Univalve Mollusca.’ eerAwhines 27 88 Haller’s ‘‘ Anatomy of Szphonavia.” W.G. .. Ae iad - 89 \ Bergh’s ‘‘ Classification of the Nudibranchiata. W.G. Etc., etc. Ae (obs fe A further Capture of Pleuvophyllidia loveniz in Britain. Edward J. Bles, B.Sc.(Lond.) 95 Notes. Some New Varieties of British Shells. .. He a .. Walter E. Collinge. 95 Vertigo pygmea var. albina. ae he he George W. Chaster, M.R.C.S. 96 Editor’s Notes. BG xt oe we ot a sis a -. bé a ae 96 LONDON - - - SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO. BERLIN - - - R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN. PRICE ONE SHILLING. All Communications to be addressed :— W. E. COLLINGE, Mason College, BIRMINGHAM. il LHE CONEHOLOGLSTS. “The Conchologist” is published on each Quarter-Day. Annual Sub- scription, 4s. 4d., post free. Single Copies, Is. Id. All communications intended for publication, books, &c., for review, should be forwarded on or before the first of the month preceding publication, and addressed to W. E. CoLLINnGE, Mason College, Birmingham. N.B.—Correspondents desiring a reply by post, are requested to enclose a stamped and addressed envelope or letter-card. MARINE SHELLS of SOUTH AFRICA. A catalogue of all the known species, with references to figures in various works, descriptions of new species, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. BY G. B--SGWERBY; Files, FiZic: Imperial 8vo. cloth, 12s. net. NOTICE. No further copies of No. 3, September 29th, 1892, can be supplied, except to those who subscribe for the four numbers for 1892. A few ADDITIONAL REPRINTs of both of the undermentioned papers may be had on and after the 12th inst., for which early application is invited. ‘“A Review of the Arionide of the British Isles,” Two parts, post free, Is. 65d. “A Catalogue of the Slugs of the British Isles,” post free, 6$d., or 2s. 6d. per dozen. WALTER E. COLLINGE, Mason College, BIRMINGHAM. THE IRISH NATURALIST. A BWontfhly Dournal of General Brish BWatural History. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., AND R. LLOYD -PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.I.A. Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland. A series of papers on the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Ireland, by Dr. R. F. Scharff, is now appearing. Price 6d. Subscriptions for 1892 (nine parts), 3s. 6d. Subscriptions should be. sent to the publishers, Messrs. EASON & Son, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. THE "CONCHOLOGIST. iil THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator of the Conchological Section, Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia. The Manual of Conchology is a /i//y tl/ustrated monography of the species of recent molluscs, arranged according to their natural affinities. Being later than the monographs of Reeve, Kiener, Kiister, &c., it is much more complete, including hundreds of species not represented in previous monographs, and illustrating a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the FIRST SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which twelve volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which six volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3*00 per part. Coloured edition $ 500 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india-tinted plates) $ 8°00 per part. Back parts will be delivered to subscribers at such intervals as may be desired by them. Subscriptions may begin or end with any volume. Single volumes will be sold separately if desired. Address: S. Raymond Roberts, Treasurer Conchological Section, A.N.S., Phil. P.O. BOX 93.—GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. THE BRITISH NATURALIST. ANSEL US ERATED: MAGAZINE, ©H NAT UIVAIES EUuISm@OiRsye Conducted by JOHN 1s ROBSON, RebesSs Contains Articles and Notes on General Zoology by well known writers. Molluscan Section : Conducted by Messrs. W. A. Gain and Brockton Tomlin. A series of portraits of ‘‘ Naturalists of the day” are now appearing. Special Supplements. Societies’ Reports. General Notes. Annual Subscription, 6/-. All communications to be addressed: JOHN E. Rosson, Hartlepool. THE NATURAL HISTORY JOURNAL AND SCHOOL REPORTER. SIXTEENTH YEAR OF PUBLICATION. ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 3/- aN eSNG Ee SSS 0s Se Bee YB A Ee » SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR BEGINNERS & SCHOOL SOCIETIES. SPECIMEN COPIES, FREE. J.E. CLARK, BOOTHAM, YORK. iv THE CONCHOLOGIST. CoNCHOLOGY, GEOLOGY, ZooLoGy, &c. ROBERT EF. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the LARGEST STOCK OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS of any dealer in this country. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 4% hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogue sent on application. 2 g PP G B. SOWFHRBY, 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 Ios. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named, and arranged. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. Part 44 (completing the fifth volume) contains a completion of the Monographs of the Genera Conus and Voluta, with Thirteen Coloured Plates. Price, £1 5s. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species. Price, £1 15s. N.B.—G.B.S. continues to supply Glass-Top Boxes, &c. Price Lists on Application. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLST RASS £2.11, BE ia. VWve Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on IM © Ta oa Se 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS :— 1. Scripta miscellanea. 6. Cephalopoda. 2. Faune Malacologice. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and 3. Gasteropoda. Brachiopoda). 4. Lamellibranchiata. 8, Tunicata (Ascidez and Salpe). 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and 9. Mollusca fossilia. Scaphopoda. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. Printed bY McCorquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. No. 5. MARCH 25th, 1893. Vol. Il. 2g Roe'd THE QB dournal of Malacology. EDITED BY VOCE irkh a. COLLIN GE Mason Coiiece, BIRMINGHAM ; WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF nv. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S., Kinc’s CoLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE; UUNGHULOLIS| WALTER GARSTANG, M.A., F-Z.S., E. RUTHVEN SYKES, B-A., F.Z.S:, MarInE BrotocicaL ASSOCIATION, PLYMOUTH; WEYMOUTH ; oils SICIBUAUIRIDID. IselDhs Weinsienn lIRolaye\nc, Natura. History Museum, DuBLIN 3 B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S., 3RITISH MusEumM, LONDON. Confents: Descriptions of New Species of Hedi, Rissoina, and Act@on. .. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. Three New Species of South American Clausilie. .. .. E. Ruthven Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. Professor Sir Richard Owen. ae a .. HH. Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., &c. Description of Tapes virgineus, L., var. nov. venervoides. .. a a5 G. Sherriff Tye. Notes on Some Species of Land Shells from New Guinea. .. AS Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. On the Relations of Hesse’s Doto uncinata to the Genus Hancockia.— Walte¥ Garstang, M.A., F.Z.S. Note on Nomenclature. .. c SI Be -. R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S. On the Nomenclature of Velates schmeide lide? ae B. B. Woodward, F.G.S., F.R.M.S. On the Structure and Affinities of some European Pa an .. Walter E. Collinge, The Malacological Society. ¢ Notes: Clausilia (Sterophaedusa) aie. Pfr., var. nov. fistodas _ E. Ruthven Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. Note on the Genus Phexacarion. ys ee: A T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S., F.E.S. Some New Forms of Slugs. oe 5 ae T..D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S., F.E.S. On the Identification of Pistdiunz iting, Feuvna: = ae .. Walter E. Collinge. Current Literature. Editor’s Notes. LONDON - =) iar SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO. BERLIN a en his R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN. PRICE ONE SHILLING. PAGE 97 100 102 107 108 18 co) 112 113 113 117 118 118 118 11g All Communications to be addressed :— W. E. COLLINGE, Mason College, BIRMINGHAM il THE CONCHOLOGIST. NOTICE. “The Conchologist” is published on each. Quarter-Day. Annual Sub- scription, 4s. 4d., post free. Single Copies, Is. Id. All communications intended for publication, books, &c., for review, or record in the Bibliography of Current Literature, should be forwarded on or before the first of the month preceding publication, and addressed to W. E. COLLINGE, Mason College, Birmingham. N.B.—Correspondents desiring a reply by post, are requested to enclose a stamped and addressed envelope or letter-card. REPRINTS. Authors who may wish additional copies of their papers, may have the same at the following rates (in printed covers) IF ORDERED ON RETURN OF PROOF :— 5° 100 200 copies. copies. copies. 4 pages os 6/6 De 10/— 13/9 Sas 25s 7/9 coe 11/6 ie 16/6 126 Sy 9/6 ae 14/9 ae 21/- 16> 53 aa 11/6 oe 17/- 24/- ADVERTISEMENTS. - S58 A esa ids One Page pee 1 "0; 0 Four insertions 300 Half Page 012 6 5 2.10; 10 Quarter Page On 720 - pT 00) Handbills, not exceeding four pages, I per insertion. THE IRISH NATURALIST. A Monthly Bournal of General Zrish Batural Hisforn. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., AND R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.I-A. Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland. Vol. I. (1892), in paper boards, price 3s. 6d., includes ‘“‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater Mollusca,” by Dr. R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messrs. EASON & Son, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. THE CONCHOLOGTST. iil THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator. The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent molluscs, arranged according to natural affinities, and includes a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the FIRST SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which thirteen volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which seven volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured edition $ 5:00 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india-tinted plates) $ 8:oo per part. Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, JuN. A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one. Cloth. Price $ 6.00. For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plate of the Manual of Conchology, address :— S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer, P. O. Address, GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. THE BRITISH NATURALIST. AN ILLUSTRATED MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. Conducted by JOHN E. ROBSON, F.E.S. Contains Articles and Notes on General Zoology by well known writers. Molluscan Section : Conducted by Messrs. W. A. Gain and Brockton Tomlin. A series of portraits of ‘* Naturalists of the day” are now appearing. Special Supplements. Societies’ Reports. General Notes. Annual Subscription, 6/-. All communications to be addressed: JOHN E. Rosson, Hartlepool. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CAR LS T RAs Salas Bee RE LN, New, Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on IME © Tea SS COA: - 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS :— 1. Scripta miscellanea. 2. Faunz Malacologice. 3. Gasteropoda. 4. Lamellibranchiata. 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and Scaphopoda. 6. Cephalopoda. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and Brachiopoda). 8, Tunicata (Ascidz and Salpz). 9. Mollusca fossilia. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. iv THE CONCHOLOGIST. ConcuoLocy, GroLocy, ZooLocy, &c. HOBhERT .E. “pA WEYMOUTH, Has the LARGEST STOCK OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS of any dealer in this country. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 4% hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogue sent on application. CE: SOM-’;MAB ES Ss 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 10s. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named, and arranged. COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. BOOKS. BY GB. SOWERBY, -F:Ls. ‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum.” In Parts or Monographs. Parts 1 to 44. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species, Price, £1 15s. (41 Ios. net.) Marine Shells of South Africa. A catalogue of all the known species, with references, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. Price 12s. net. BROWN'S ATLAS OF FOSSIL CONCHOLOGY. A few copies of the handsome reprint (1889) of this well-known work remain unsold, and are offered to Subscribers to ‘‘ The Conchologist” at the net price of 15s., having been published at £3 3s. The work comprises 114 Royal 4to. Copper-plates, printed in tint, with full descriptive Letterpress facing each. Royal 4to. (13 x 10% in.), half-morocco. No such opportunity of acquiring such a permanently valuable and beautiful Book OF REFERENCE at so small a price will occur again, as the work will not be reprinted. Remittances must be made direct. SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO., Paternoster Square, LONDON. Printed by McCorquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. | WALTER GARSTANG, M.A., F.Z.S., MarInE BIoLoGicaL ASSOCIATION, PLYMOUTH; WEYMOUTH 3 No. 6. JUNE 24th, 1893. Vol. UUNGHOLOLIS | A Journal of Malacologn. EDITED BY WAL PER: vs: COMEEN GE. Mason CoLLeEGF, BIRMINGHAM WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF RM VeA dm COOKE. SMEAl. Hevno., KinG’s CoLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE } R. F2 SCHARFF, x.D.," B.Sc., M-R.LA., Natura History Museum, Dustin; B: B. WOODWARD, F.G.st, bak. Mis.; BritisH MusrEum, LONDON. E. RUTHVEN SYKES, B.A., F.Z.S., Gontents : : ‘*Mimicry” of Lamellaria perspicua. Prof. W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S., &c. Description of a New Species of Acrvoptychia. .. is .. Edgar A. Smith, F. Z. Se On the Geographical Distribution of the Mollusca of the Malagasy Region— Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S. Description of a New Species of Latrrus. G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Description of a New Species of W7tra. James Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S. On the Generic Name to be applied to the Nerita aurvita of Miiller, and other allied species— Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. Professor Dr. Carl Semper 3c Ee are .. Dr. H. Simroth On the Habitat of the Genus £ ahipsadantn GE ae ae “e 7 .. E. H. Matthews The Malacological Society. 36 - ia is te a 3e Notes: Eudima curva (Jefireys MSS.). Monperaeito in British Seas. E.R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. A New Locality for Hyalinia clymene, Shut, John H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S. Notes on Agriolimax levis, Mill. . ft : ae ~ ae Walter E. Collinge. Further Records from Kent. .. ae 4 Se ; E. W. Swanton. Limne stagnalis, monst. scalarifors : 4 See Ly: int iGaeicerell. BeZeS-) EES: On the Occurrence of Cyclostrena fe Fay tater. Friele, of ee I. of Man— Geo. W. Chaster, M.R.C.S., &c. Note on Limnea glabra. .. se x a ay 40 ep .» James Madison Current Literature. Editor’s Notes. THE CONCHOLOGIST is published every quarter day, and issued to Subscribers only. The pre-paid Annual Subscription is 4s. 4d. Messrs. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, BERLIN, receive Subscriptions for the Continent. All Communications should be addressed :— W. E. COLLINGE, MASON COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM. il THE CONCHOLOGIST. REPRINTS. Authors who may wish additional copies of their papers, may have the same at the following rates (in printed covers) IF ORDERED ON RETURN OF PROOF :— 5° 100 200 copies. copies. copies. 4 pages Bc 6/6 Be - 10/— Se 13/9 Stas = 7/9 = 11/6 my 16/6 12 ee bs 9/6 ate 14/9 ES: 21/- 16200, : 11/6 a 17/- Ace 24/- ADVERTISEMENTS. ae 8s. ds Sa nde One Page 1 (0) 30 Four insertions See 2550) JO Ilalf Page ot 0-12. 6 "% in 200 Quarter Page OF 7.80 bee oe 5 Handbills, not exceeding four pages, #1 per insertion. oe BE oes i) Sa HE Ry The Largest Stock of MARINE AND LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS. Especially rich in EUROPEAN-PALAZZARCTIC SPECIES. PRICES CHEAPER THAN ANYWHERE. CATALOGUES FREE UPON TAPPEICATICGN. A ddress— HERMAN ROLLE, Conchologist, Endener-Strass, 4, BERLIN, S.W. THE IRISH NATURALIST. A Wonthly Fournal of General Irish Aatural SHisforp. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.A. Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland. Vol. I. (1892), in paper boards, price 3s. 6d., includes “ The Irish Land and Freshwater Mollusca,” by Dr. R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messrs. EASON & Son, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. THE CONCHOLOGIST. ill THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator. The Manual of Conchology is a fwd/y illustrated monography of recent molluscs, arranged according to natural affinities, and includes a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the FIRST SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which thirteen volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which seven volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured edition $ 5‘oo per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india-tinted plates) $ 8:00 per part. Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. TryON, JuN. A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT BOOK of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one. Cloth. Price $ 6.00. For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plate of the Manual of Conchology, address :— S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer, P. O. Address, GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. THE BRITISH NATURALIST. AN ILLUSTRATED .MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. Conducted by JOHN E. ROBSON, F.E.S. Contains Articles and Notes on General Zoology by well known writers. Molluscan Section : Conducted by Messrs. W. A. Gain and Brockton Tomlin. A series of portraits of ‘‘ Naturalists of the day” are now appearing. Special Supplements. Societies’ Reports. General Notes. Annual Subscription, 6/-. All communications to be addressed: JOHN E. Rosson, Hartlepool. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE 11, BE Eel IN “SW Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on N/E Dee ss. Co A. 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS :— 1. Scripta miscellanea. 2. Faunze Malacologice. 3. Gasteropoda. 4. Lamellibranchiata. 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and Scaphopoda. 6. Cephalopoda. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and Brachiopoda). 8, Tunicata (Ascide and Salpz). 9. Mollusca fossilia. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. Iv THE CONCHOLOGLIST: ConcHotoey, GEOLOGY, ZooLocy. ‘&e. ROBERT EK. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the LARGEST STOCK OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS of any dealer in this country. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 4% hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogue sent on application. Gn, 3B Savy Min Ea, 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 Ios. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named, and arranged. COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. BOOKS BY G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S. ‘*Thesaurus Conchyliorum.” In Parts or Monographs. Parts I to 44. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species, Price, £1 15s. (AI Ios. net.) Marine Shells of South Africa. A catalogue of all the known species, with references, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. Price 12s. net. BROWN'S ATLAS OF FOSSIL CONCHOLOGY. A few copies of the badeoaie reprint (1889) of this well-known work remain unsold, and are offered to Subscribers to *‘ The Conchologist” at the net price of 15s., having been published at £43 3s. The work comprises 114 Royal 4to. Copper-plates, printed in tint, with full descriptive Letterpress facing each. Royal 4to. (13 x 104 in.), half-morocco. No such opportunity of acquiring such a permanently valuable and beautiful Book OF REFERENCE at so small a price will occur si as the work will not be reprinted. Remittances must be made direct. SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO., Paternoster Square, LONDON. Printed by M°Corquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. No. 7. SEPTEMBER 29th, 1893. Vol. Il. GUNGHOLOLIS! A Journal of Malacologn. qv EDITED BY WAITER) ES COIN GE Mason Co.ieGe, BIRMINGHAM ; WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF Rev. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F-Z.S:, KinG’s COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE WALTER GARSTANG, M.A., F.Z.S., R.F.SCHARFF, Pu.D.,B.Sc.,M.R.LA., Natura History Museum, DUBLIN ; MarInE Brio.oGicAL ASSOCIATION, PLYMOUTH 5 CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S., E. RUTHVEN, SYKES; BYAC} F.Z.S:; AUSTRALIAN Museum, SypNEy, N.S.W. ; WEYMOUTH 3 Bs BO WOODWARD; P:G:S., FUR: MES:, British Musrum, LONDON. Contents: Note on a New European Avion. .. or .. Walter E, Collinge. Papyrotheca, a New Genus of Gasteranoda: fiom file Pantie Steppes of Servia— Prof. Spiridion Brusina. Description of Two New Species of Patu/a from St. Helena. .. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. On Clausilia vespa, Gould, and its Allies. .. ; “a .. E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. On the Specific Identity of Claustlia mouhott, Pfr, , and C. wassiez, Morlet— BR. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S A Check List of the Slugs. .. “a Se Prof, T. D, A. Cockerell, F.Z.S., F.E.S. The Malacological Society. .. oa oe CURRENT, LITERATURE: Tryon’s Manual of Couseainee oe re Prt ws ve wt a E.R.S. The Development of Uybrella ER ea Lam. oe Pe ae i Hedley and Suter’s Reference List of N.Z. Mollusca. .. oF & =n. (EpliSi Se Pelseneer’s Classification of the Mollusca. .. Aa si Se as 35 W.G. Simroth's Kritische Bemerkungen der Neomeniiden, = M Re - BWAG; Editor’s Notes THE CONCHOLOGIST is publ lished every quarter day, and issued to Subscribers only. The pre-paid Annual Subscription is 4s. 4d. Messrs. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, BERLIN, receive Subscriptions for the Continent. All Communications should be addressed :— W. E. COLLINGE, MASON COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM. il THE CONCHOLOGIST. FOR SALE. Collection of about 200 Species of LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS FROM East India, Burmah, Ceylon, &c.; also larger collection of LAND and MARINE from various parts of the World. Price Lists sent on application. Exchange accepted in desirable species of LAND SHELLS from New Guinea, Jarva, Borneo, Indo-China, and Japan, MISS LINTER, Arragon Close, Twickenham. WANTED. ANY SPECIES OF EUROPEAN, ASTATIC, AMERICAN, OR AUSTRALIAN SLUGS. W. E. COLLINGE, Mason College, Birmingham. so ees Be ol Mir cs The Largest Stock of MARINE AND LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS. Especially rich in EUROPEAN-PALAZZEARCTIC SPECIES. PRICES CHEAPER THAN ANYWHERE. CATALOGUES FREE UPON APPLICATION. A ddress— HERMAN ROLLE, Conchologist, Enderer-Strass, 4, BERLIN, S.W. THE IRISH NATURALIST. A Wonthly Sournal of General Irish Batural Sisforp. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., AND R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.I.A. Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland. Vol. I. (1892), in paper boards, price 3s. 6d., includes “ The Irish Land and Freshwater Mollusca,” by Dr. R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. THE. CONCHOLOGIST. iil THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator. The Manual of Conchology is a /2d//y illustrated monography of recent molluscs, arranged according to natural affinities, and includes a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the FIRST SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which thirteen volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which seven volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured edition $ 5‘oo per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india-tinted plates) $ 8:oo per part. Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Geo. W. Tryon, JUN. A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT BOOK of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one. Cloth. Price $ 6.00. For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plate of the Manual of Conchology, address :— S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer, P. O. Address, GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. THE BRITISH NATURALIST. AN ILLUSTRATED MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. Conducted by JOHN E. ROBSON, F.E.S. Contains Articles and Notes on General Zoology by well known writers, Molluscan Section : Conducted by Messrs. W. A. Gain and Brockton Tomlin. A series of portraits of ‘‘ Naturalists of the day” are now appearing. Special Supplements. Societies’ Reports. General Notes. Annual Subscription, 6/-. All communications to be addressed: JOHN E. Rosson, Hartlepool. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARL STRA SH ate err it NNW. Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on IVE © diate CoA. . 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS :— 1. Scripta miscellanea. 2. Faunze Malacologice. 3. Gasteropoda. 4. Lamellibranchiata. 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and Scaphopoda. 6. Cephalopoda. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and Brachiopoda). 8, Tunicata (Ascida and Salpez). 9. Mollusca fossilia. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. iv THE CONCHOLOGIST. ConcHOLOGY, GEOLOGY, ZooLocy, &c. ROBERT F. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the LARGEST STOCK OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS of any dealer in this country. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 4% hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogue sent on application. a0 dS. BOW Bho se 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 Ios. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named, and arranged. COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. BOOKS BY “Gas: SOWERBY, (Fas: ‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum.” In Parts or Monographs. Parts 1 to 44. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species, Price, £1 15s. (£1 10s. net.) Marine Shells of South Africa. A catalogue of all the known species, with references, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. Price 12s. net. ¥ BROWN'S ATLAS OF FOSSIL CONCHOLOGY A few copies of the handsome reprint (1889) of this well-known work remain unsold, and are offered to Subscribers to ‘‘ The Conchologist” at the net price of 15s., having been published at £3 3s. The work comprises 114 Royal 4to. Copper-plates, printed in tint, with full descriptive Letterpress facing each. Royal 4to. (13 x 104 in.), half-morocco. No such opportunity of acquiring such a permanently valuable and beautiful Book OF REFERENCE at so small a price will occur again, as the work will not be reprinted. Remittances must be made direct. SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO., Paternoster Square, LONDON. Printed by M°Corquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. DOUBLE NUMBER. No. 8. DECEMBER aist, 1893. Vol: tly (PUBLISHED OCTOBER 31st.) TEE CONCHOLEEST A Hournal of Malacologn. EDITED BY MOAT BR” E> CORMIN GE, Mason Co.uieGce, BIRMINGHAM ; WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF REV A: HH. COOKE, MAC, Hi Zios. Kina’s CoLLeGE, CAMBRIDGE } | WALTER GARSTANG, M.A., F.Z.S., R.F. SCHARFF, Px.D., B.Sc., M.R.L.A., t T . Marine Brorocicaut ASsociATION, PLYMOUTH 3 Natural Hisrory Museum, DuB in ; CHAREES SH EDIEEM, Bol:s., E. RUTAVEN SVYRES) BIAS, Eo Zo0:, { AUSTRALIAN Museum, Sypney, N.S.W.; WEYMOUTH 3 B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S., BrivisH Musreum, Lonpon. Contents: BaGe A Check-List of the Slugs by .. - .. Professor TD. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S.,.F.E.S. 185 With Appendix and Notes by .. < a3 fe pe ee .. -Walter E. Collinge. 228 Title Page ae Pe me ‘ SP x ae ey Preface .- | List of Contributors .. | To Volume II. Index | | ——— THE CONCHOLOGIST is published every quarter day, and issued to Subscribers only. The pre-paid Annual Subscription is 4s. 4d. Messrs. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, BERLIN, receive Subscriptions for the Continent. All Communications should be addressed :— WE. COLLINGE, MASON COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM. il PHE CONCHGLOEIST. A CHECK-LIST OF THE SLUGS tab: A COCKERELE, FZ:8., EES. Professor of Entomology and Zoology, New Mexico Agricultural College, U.S.A. WITH APPENDIX: ANB. NOT BY WA, DER Sh. COL bt GE: Mason College, Birmingham. A LIMITED NUMBER of separate copies, bound in stitched paper covers, with separate title-page, are being printed, and will be supplied post free, on receipt of P.O. value 2s. 6d. All orders should be addressed to W. E. COLLINGE, MAson COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM. See fl es BS = aa ee The Largest Stock of MARINE AND LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS. Especially rich in EUROPEAN-PALAZZARCTIC SPECIES. PRICES CHEAPER THAN ANYWHERE. CATALOGUES FREE UPON APPLICATION. A ddress— HERMAN ROLLE, Conchologist, Endener-Strass, 4, BERLIN, S.W. THE IRISH NATURALIST. A Monthly Journal of General Srish BWatural Misforn. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., AND R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A.,°M.R.I.A- Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland. Vol. I. (1892), in paper boards, price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater Mollusca,” by Dr. R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. THE COMNCHOLOGIS®. 1 THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator. The Manual of Conchology 1s a /ediy tustrated monography of recent molluscs, arranged according to natural affinities, and includes a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which thirteen volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which seven volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured edition $ 5:0 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india-tinted plates) $ 8:00 per part. Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Geo. W. Tryon, JuN. A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one. Cloth. Price $ 6.00. For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plate of the Manual of Conchology, address :— S. RAYMONB ROBERTS, Treasurer, P. O. Address, GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. THE BRITISH NATURALIST. AN ILLUSTRATED MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. Conducted by JOHN Ik. ROBSON, F.E.S. Contains Articles and Notes on General Zoology by well known writers. Molluscan Section : Conducted by Messrs. W. A. Gain and Brockton Tomlin. A series of portraits of ‘ Naturalists of the day” are now appearing. Special Supplements. Societies’ Reports. General Notes. Annual Subscription, 6/-. All communications to be addressed: JOHN E. Rosson, Hartlepool. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARES TR AS Sea Eber PN Vee W.. Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on eC). leit Ss, Ge. 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS :— 1. Scripta miscellanea. 2. Faune Malacologice. 3. Gasteropoda. 4. Lamellibranchiata. 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and Scaphopoda. 6. Cephalopoda. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and Brachiopoda). 8, Tunicata (Ascide and Salpz). 9. Mollusca fossilia. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. iv THE CONCHOLOGIST. CoNcHOLoGY, GEOLOGY, ZooLocy, &c. ROBEHRT FF. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the LARGEST STOCK OF NATURAL HISTORY SPECIMENS of any dealer in this country. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 4% hours by rail from London. ) Y4A ) Abridged Catalogue sent on application. G+ B. SOWHRBY, 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 10s. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named, and arranged. COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. BOOKS BY ~“G: B. SOWERBY,. FES: ‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum.” In Parts or Monographs. Parts 1 to 44. Ilustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species, Price, £1 15s. (41 Tos. net.) Marine Shells of South Africa. A catalogue of all the known species, with references, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. Price 12s. net. BROWN’S ATLAS OF FOSSIL CONCHOLOGY. A few copies of the handsome reprint (1889) of this well-known work remain unsold, and are offered ta Subscribers to ‘* The Conchologist” at the net price of 15s., having been published at £3 3s. The work comprises 114 Royal 4to. Copper-plates, printed in tint, with full descriptive Letterpress facing each. Royal 4to. (13 x 104 in.), half-morocco. No such opportunity of acquiring such a permanently valuable and beautiful Book oF REFERENCE at so small a price will occur again, as the work will not be reprinted. Remittances must be made direct. SWAN SONNENSCHEIN & CO., Paternoster Square, LONDON. Printed by M°Corquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. (erie OF MALACOROGY Established in 1890 by WALTER E. COLLINGE, as ‘‘' THE CONCHOLOGIST, a Journal of Malacology.” EDITED BY Wrtiehb he we. “COU ITAL NG. Ease Mason College, Birmingham, With the assistance in special departments of :— The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge. Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., etc., Hascombe, Godalming. Charles Hedley, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., London. B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., etc. British Museum (Natural History). London. VOLUN Vir LONDON : BERLIN ; DEA ca CO; FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN. 1894. Pie casC us As I shall retire from the active control of the Journal with the commencement of 1895, it has been thought better to commence a new volume with the fifth year of its existence and Mr. Webb’s proprietorship. I hope to continue to contribute to the pages of the Journal and share, in so far as I am able, the editorship, and I trust that all who have so liberally supported my efforts in the past, will continue to do so in the future. It is, I know, Mr. Webb’s wish to make the paper thoroughly representative, and the extent to which he will be able ‘to carry out these wishes depends entirely on the supporters of the paper, I therefore sincerely hope that he will receive the same kind of generous support from English and foreign Malacologists that has been extended EO) Mie. To the Members of the editorial staff—and particularly my friend Mr. E. R. Sykes—I tender my sincere thanks for the very valuable assistance and co-operation they have at all times so willingly given. W. En. Mason COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, 1894. ICN DEVX. PAGES. ADDITIONS and amendments to the slug list Charles Hedley, F.L.S. 7; 30) 32 A list of the recent species of the genus Pivula, Lamark ae é >> Edgar A: Smith) E:Z.S. 64 Amalia marginata, Drap. and some semarks wEe the genus On the generative anatomy of ..Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 70 Arion citvinus, Westerelund, Notes on as a: Joseph B. Babor 45 Arion occidentalis, Ckll. a supposed new species On the validity of .. se .. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 5 Arion rufus, LL. Note on two varieties of .. E.R. Sykes, B.A.,F.Z.S. 4 CURRENT Literature .. cn Ch Biya Sh 9/5) Clausiliae from Sangir and Suee "Gn ae in, R. Sykes, B-A\,E-Z.S. 48 Collinge, Walter Edward eo .. Robert Macdonald, M.: A iBeESey 162 DESCRIPTION of Uvrocyclus flavescens, Keferst. nye Bi as Sie T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S. 52 Dr. Paul Fischer .. ye ae ae Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 3 Editor’s notes ae S10 ye oe Oe ae 32) 203-445, GO; .00 PISCE R Dr Paul = ee Be Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 3 JOURNAL de Conchyliogie, The ee Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.5. 9 Journal of Malacology .. wt a6 BARS Sykes iB Aty HeZs Sok LAIMONDONTA, Note on the value of Charles’ Hedley, HAS) 73 Limax from Ireland, Note on a species of Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 51 Limax maximus in the cityof Mexico .. ‘TD AS Gockerell EeZS 37 Lymnaea auriculavia, Note on ne We E.R. Sykes, ByAs, BE Zis. 34 MALACOLOGICAL Society of London, The (Proceedings) ae 7, 30 Manual of Conchology, Review of ‘ ar Hie AN Palsbigya 74: Manual of Conchology, Reviews of .. a ae Be I Si, 9/2) Mollusca as purifiers of water .. ne @haries edleya Eas =) 73 NOTE on Arion citrvinus, Westerlund .. Joseph B. Babor 46 Note on a species of Limax from Ireland ‘Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 34 Note on Lymnaea auricularia = - 13, 18. SylKeSy IB, IZ oS), By! Note on the value of Laimodonta .. 50 a Charles: Hedleys iS. 73 Note on two varieties of Avion (NS; Woe Epes Sykes, bran, eZ on 4 Notes on the species of Paludomus esigavi Borneo .. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 49 Notes on Pevensie Bane TEcobald. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 1 ON a case of protective resemblance among slugs .. b¢ G. Sherriff Tye 21 On the generative saeia any an ete marginata Drap. and some remarks upon the genus, : Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 70 On the Jamaican Spares oe ania T. D: A’ Cockerell, F.Z.S., and Re Rodlarking -., Bo as} On the validity of Arion occidentalis Ckll. a supposed new species .. : Or two Clausiliae from Sangir and Sumbawa PALUDOMUS inhabiting Borneo. Note on the species of Paul Fischer, Dr. Pfeiffer’s dates of Seer Protective resemblance among slugs. A case of Pivula, Lamark, with ies pees the synonymy, A list of the recent species of REVIEW of ‘‘ The Manual of Conchology "’ SLUGLIST. Additions and amendments to the THE Journal de Conchyliogie The Journal of Malacology. UROCYCLUS flavescens (Keferst) Descrip- tion of Ae fe Se VERONICELLA, Onthe Jamaican species of Veronicella bivmanica, Notes on WALTER Edward Collinge LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS Babor, Joseph B. Cockerell, Prof. T. D. A., F.Z. Ee Collinge, Walter E., F.Z.S. Hedley, Charles, F.L.S. Warkin’, IR IR: ac s . Macdonald, Robert, M.A., B. Sc. Pilsbry, H. A. we Smith, Edgar A., F.Z.S. Sykes; Ee Ruthven, BxAC;s-Z.S, Tye, G. Sherriff fe Woodward, B. B., F.L.S., ete. (BV)? : PAGES. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. Hoke Sykes, AG sheZns. AY Smithy haZs: Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. : Charles Hedley, F.L.S. Proceedings, The Malacological Society of London .. ar 5 48 49 3 9 71 30 G. Sherrift Tye 21 Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. ae vat eRe Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. E.R. Sykes) Belvo. Z7S: The Malacological Society ue Eeadon (Proceedings) TE. DA. Cockerell, b-Z-S: T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S. and R. R. Larkin .. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. Robert Macdonald, M.A.,-B.Sc. TO VOLUME” Il 65 74 Charles Hedley, F.L.S. 6, 30,.32 9 OL 7, 36 52 62 PAGES. 23, 37) I, 5; 9; 525 6, 9, 30, 32, 3, 49, 64, 4, 34, 48, 61, 45 52 70 is) 23 62 74 65 74 Ait 37 THE POUR NA NAL ACOLOGY. No. ft. MARCH a2a4th, 1894. Vor. id NOTES ON VERONICELLA BIRMANICA, Theobald. BY Weeki R Eo COLEINGE, Mason College, Birmingham. In the most recent catalogue of the slugs Professor Cockerell includes under Gray’s family Veronicellide the following genera :— Veronicella, Leonardia, Othelosoma (?), Rathoutsia, Atopos and Prisma, making a total of 140 distinct species. A very large proportion of these have been created by Dr. Simroth and Professor Semper upon good anatomical grounds, but many others have been named upon purely external characters, and sooner or later will have to be removed from the list. The genus and its affinities are but imperfectly understood, and it is to be hoped that those malacologists who have opportunities for studying living material will endeavour to add to our knowledge of the anatomy. Recently I have obtained examples, in alcohol, of V. d7rmanica, Theob., and although not in a good condition for anatomical purposes, they show all the external features as well as could be desired. In comparing them with the published accounts I find the description of the foot-sole is very inadequate, and so venture to re-describe the same. Under the generic title of Vagznulus this species was described by Theobald in 1864,’ later by Nevill,” and in 1873 by Stoliczka.* 1. Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1864, vol. xxxiii., p. 243. 2. Mollusca Indian Mus., p. 199. 3. J.A.S.B., 1873, vol. xlii., p. 34. JouRNAL OF MALAcoLoGy, Vol. iii., No. 1. 2 COLLINGE : NOTES ON VERONICELLA BIRMANICA. My specimens average from 28 to 38 millim. in length, and to to 18 millim. in breadth. The ground colour is yellowish-brown, minutely marked with a series of black dashes and spots, these being absent in the median line of the dorsum, in which runs a pale yellow line. Stoliczka mentions that “the median dorsal pale stripe generally becomes distinct only in older specimens, and the lower side of the mantle is uniform livid ; in very young specimens the pale stripe is absent, and the mantle marked below with dark dots.” It is evident that these characters are hardly likely to be characteristic. I have young examples in which the pale stripe is present, and old ones in which the mantle is marked below with numerous dark dots. Theobald (of. cit.) describes the foot as ‘‘ Pede transversim rugoso, totius corpores longitudinus, sed vix ad quartam partem latitudines altengente.” Nevill states that the sole of the foot is “ nearly white with faint transverse white lines.” Now in the specimens I have the foot is very similar to the ground colour of the dorsal surface—- it is certainly not white or even pale yellow. The foot sole may be divided into seven distinct parts. On either side is a plain lateral plane, finely and irregularly marked, next a distinct line separating the lateral plane from, what I shall term, the inner plane, which is divided in a regular manner by a series of transverse lines or grooves at intervals of about $ millim. The two inner planes stand out more prominently than any other portion of the foot, so that the median plane is somewhat concave, but possibly this is only due to the effect of the alcohol. The median plane is also marked by a series of fine transverse lines. In the largest speciinen, measuring 38 millim. in length and 18 millim. in breadth, the lateral planes are 1 millim. broad, the inner planes } millim., and the median plane 1 millim. The median plane is really the outer wall of the pedal gland, and passes from just beneath the mouth to the posterior end of the body, gradually becoming narrower and terminating about two millim. from the extreme edge of the foot-sole. As to the name of this species, Stoliczka (loc. cit., p. 33) suggested it was the V. hasseltz, Von Mts., 1867, and that both were very probably the Oxchidium mollt of Hasselt (= V. mollis, Hasselt). I am not acquainted with the anatomy of either of these two forms, but seeing that V. d7rmanica has received more attention than any of the three, and is better described, it had better remain irrespective of what is done with the remaining two, which, as yet, are inadequately described. SMITH: DR. PAUL FISCHER. 3 The generic name, I may mention, should rightly be accredited to Keferstein, as Blainville’s original and corrected descriptions are both wrong and inadequate, and it is quite clear that he did not understand the genus. Keferstein’st description is much the better, and I think, with Stoliczka, that it should be accepted. DR. PAUL FISCHER. Bye) GANRS A so MUD EI whe Zee. Zoological Department, British Museum, London. Ir is with the deepest regret that we have to record the death of this distinguished palzontologist and malacologist. It is a great loss to our favourite science, and France has truly to mourn one of her most illustrious writers on Malacology. Many of Fischer’s fellow-countrymen have been great malacologists or conchologists. Adanson, Cuvier, Lamarck, Draparnaud, Lacaze-Duthiers, Moquin- Tandon and Deshayes, are some of the greatest pioneers in con- chology ; but we may safely say, without fear of contradiction, that Fischer has done as much to advance the study of this subject generally, as most of these. Paul Fischer was born in Paris on the 7th of July, 1835. For many years he held the office of Aide-naturaliste of the chair of Paleontology at the Jardin des Plantes, and was also a member of the Commission of Sub-marine Dredging. He died on the twenty-ninth of November last year, at the comparatively early age of 58 years. Among his principal works, we may mention—“ The Palzeon- tology of Asia Minor,” written in conjunction with MM. d’Archiac and De Verneuil; “The Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Mexico and Central America, 1869-92,” in collaboration with M. Crosse ; “The Fossil Animals of Mount Léberon,” in conjunction with MM. Gaudry and Tournouer 1873; “ The Paleontology of the Isle of Rhodes, 1877;” “The Cetacea of the South-West of France;” Reports upon the Brachiopoda obtained during the Scientific Expeditions of the “ Travailleur” and ‘‘ Talisman” and the Prince of Monaco’s yacht ‘“ Hirondelle,” in conjunction with De. Gxthiert. 4. Zeit. f. wiss Zool., 1864, vol. xv., pp. 118-26. A2 4 SYKES : NOTE ON TWO VARIETIES OF ARION RUFUS, L. In addition to these more extensive works, Fischer has written no less than three hundred and nine separate papers treating upon all branches of the science of malacology, and as many as one hundred in conjunction with Crosse, Bernardi, Bouvier, Dellesse, Delfortrie, H. Fischer, de Folin, Gassies, Hupé and Tournier. Very many of these memoirs are of the highest importance, and have thrown much light upon the general classification of the Mollusca. Fischer was a clever anatomist, and many of his most valuable treatises are those devoted to the anatomy of hitherto unknown molluscs. Notwithstanding the very large number of his papers and their importance, there is little doubt but that at present he is most widely known as the author of the ‘* Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paléontologie Conchyliologique,” published in 1880-7. It is indispensable to every worker in the science of which it treats, and, although not perfect in every respect, as a work of general reference it was, at the time of its publication, and even now stands, facile princeps. With regard to Fischer’s personal qualities we can say nothing trom our own experience, but we can state on the evidence of others who have had the advantage of his personal friendship, that he was of a genial and sympathetic nature. He was ever ready to help, and, judging from his writings, was not prone to be severe in his criticisms on the work of others. He was a member of several learned societies at home and abroad, was elected President of the Zoological and Geological Societies of France, and last year honoured us by becoming a member of the Malacological Society of London. NOTE ON TWO VARIETIES OF ARION RUFUS, L. By E. R. SYKES, B.A.; F.Z.S., London. Mr. CocKERELL has in his ‘‘Check-List of the Slugs” recorded a variety /amarckit, Kal.,’ of Arion rufus, L.. (No. 367b), and in a note on this (p. 207) he says, “Gray (Cat Pulm. B.M., 1885, p- 54) quotes Limax ruber, Drap. I cannot now consult 1 Conchologist, 1893, vol. ii., p. rgo. COLLINGE: ON THE VALIDITY OF ARION OCCIDENTALIS. 5 Draparnaud’s work, but if the present variety was named radéer, of course /amarckit must fall.” 1885 is of course an error for 1855. On referring to Gray’s work I find that he refers to Draparnaud’s Zab. Moll. de France, p. 102, and also to Lamarck’s Ency. Method. p\. 463, f. 2; but on turning to these I find no refer- ence to any ruber at all. How Gray made the error I know not, unless he carelessly copied without verification from Ferussac et Deshayes (Hist. Nat. Moll., ii., p. 60, pl. 1, f. 1), where these references appear, as also does a reference to Draparnaud (Aizsz¢. Moll. France). This part of the text was written by Ferussac himself and published between 1819-1832, the remainder of the volume taking twenty years more for its completion. There is then no variety 7zer of Draparnaud and there is no variety ruber of Ferussac, as he only named it “‘var. 2.” and charac- terised it as ‘“ ¢otus ruber.” WDraparnaud referred to a reddish form, but to which I cannot determine. Thus /amarckiz, Kaleniczenko, can stand. It was described by him in 1851 in a paper called “Description des limaces qui se trouvent dans Ukraine,” which appeared in the ull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscow, xxiv., No. iit, and was characterised as ‘‘Zotus ruber.” . ON THE VALIDITY OF ARION OCCIDENTALIS, CkIl., A SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES. By WADE E RS FICO LIGON GE, Mason College, Birmingham. Mr. T. D. A. CocKEeRELL has recently described' from a single example what he supposes to be ‘‘an apparently new species” of Arion, ‘The specimen, which is now in the British Museum, is from Jurancon, near Pau, Basses Pyrenees. Its state of preservation is such as not to favour a minute examination, but Mr. Cockerell has described it in some detail and figured the more important points. After having made a careful examination of the same I am of opinion that it is nothing more than an example of the well-known A. hortensis, Feér. rt Journ. Conch., 1893, pp. 192-3. 6 ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE ‘SLUG LIST. I regret that before adding another synonym to the list of this last-mentioned species, Mr. Cockerell did not obtain and examine further specimens, for the practice of describing species from single examples—unless the points of difference are exceedingly well marked—is, in my opinion, one that is strongly to be deprecated for reasons that are obvious. In A. occidentalis I fail to see the peculiarities its author mentions in the reproductive organs. The form of the sperm-duct (Patron enstrecke) agrees with that organ in a typical A. hortensis, as does also the receptaculum seminis and its duct. The retractor muscle ts attached to the proximal end of this duct and av/ses posterior to the pericardial chamber, and not as described by Mr. Cockerell. There are two vestibules and a ‘distinctly swollen” oviduct. Compared with A. ce/ticus, Poll..—which is but a variety of A. hortensis,—or the var. ceruleus, Clige., the anatomical differences are insignificant, and even were these minor variations constant, which still remains to be proved, they are insufficient to separate it from A. hortensis. Of course no two specimens are exactly alike, and unless a reasonable range of variation is allowed, we shall have the hortensis group of Arion in the same condition as the genus Amatia. If A. occidentalis has to take rank as a valid species, further anatomical differences must be shown to exist, as otherwise it cannot be regarded as anything but A. ortensis, Fér. The external features may possibly be sufficient to characterise it as a variety ? . ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS FTO THE SLUG EIS®: ““T sEND herewith a few observations on the Check-List of Slugs. I would again repeat with all emphasis that Zzmax is not a native of Australasia. I have already said so in my article of February, 1892 (Ann. Mag. V.Hf.). Both in species and individuals Zzmax is most plentiful in and around the cities, and they grow more numerous in some places than I ever saw them in Europe. Just in proportion as the civilisation of the whites is left behind so do these slugs become scarcer, and, once the untouched bush is reached, all have disappeared. In New Zealand, Tasmania, Australia and New Guinea I have searched the virgin forests where unspoiled by the axe and fire of THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. ai civilisation, and have never, never, seen a imax there. Only when civilisation has invaded such solitudes, only in company with introduced herbs, grasses, shrubs, &c., do the introduced Zimax appear. I pointed this out to Suter, who at once grasped the significance of the fact and recorded it (/ourn. de Conchyl., 1892, XXill., p. 252). If you rank the sparrow, thistle and ZLzmax as native to Australasia, the whole fabric of geographical distribution is destroyed. I object to several sins of omission and commission in the list. Mr. Cockerell has apparently accepted my correction (Azz. Mag. N.7f., February, 1892) ve megalodontes, and withdrawn his reference of it to Ameitea.. He has also followed me (P.L. S., N.S.W. (2), v. p. 896) in reducing Zegrandi to agrestis. Under devis he should have added my guweens/andica, figured and described in the Proc. Roy. Soc., Q’land., vol. v., p. 150, pl. 5 ; which species is, at Dr. Simroth’s advice, withdrawn (P.L.S., N.S.W. (2), v. p. 897). Since Mr. Cockerell accepted my reference of. /egrandi to agrestis, he might as well have taken my word for it that /asmanicus is gagates; maura is also gagates.’—CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, Nov. 13th, 1893. [The above notes are extracted from a letter of Mr. Hedley’s with his sanction.—W.E.C. ]. THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. LVov. 10th, 1893.—Mr. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S., in the chair. The following were elected members of the Society :— Prof. S. Brusina, Prof. Dr. O. Boettger, D. D. Baldwin, yj. Ee Cooper; Ws He Dall, j7€> Elippolytes Crosse, and: the Rev. Prof. H. M. Gwatkin. The following communications were read :—‘ Descriptions of twelve new species of Shells, chiefly from the Mauritius,” “Description of a specimen of Xenophora pallidula from the Indian Ocean,” ‘‘ Description of three new species of shells from the Indian Ocean,” by G. B. Sowerby, F.Z.S. “‘ Note on the possible acclimatization of Crepidula fornicata in the British Seas,” by B. Sturges Dodd. “ On the alteration of the Generic name Claustlia,” by G. F. Harris, F.G.S. ‘“* Notes on the British Chitons,” by E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. 8 THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Dec. 8th, 1893.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., &c., in the chair. The following were elected members of the Society :— J. Crawford, John Brazier, R. Cairns, E. C. Stump, Miss Foster, Rev. G. W. Taylor, Dr. Cox, G. B. Pritchard, F. B. Billing- hurst, W. T. Bednall, C. E. Beddome, Miss Lodder, Mrs. Waterhouse, Capt. F. W. Hutton, R. Murdoch, J. W. Taylor, Arnold V. Henn, J. R. Ragsdale, Dr. E. von Martens, J. G. Chaplin, H. Burnup, J. F. Quekett, John Farquhar, C. A. Wright, H. K. Jordan, Dr. W. Kobelt, J. D. Butterell, J. H. Vanstone, the Marquis de Monterosato, M. Berthelin, A. Bonnet, and B. Sturges Dodd. The following communications were read :—‘‘On a New Species of Zxgina from Loyalty Islands,” by J. Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S. ‘Note on Bulimus oblongus and Streptaxis deformis,” by W. Moss. ‘ Description of new shells from Mauritius, &c.,” by G. B. Sowerby, F.Z.5., F.L.S. The Myology of some Pulmonate Molluscs, considered as a feature in generic, &c., distinction,” by Walter E. Collinge. ‘‘ Two new land shells from Tenerife,” by J. H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S., and E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. “Remarks on the suggested alteration of the generic name C/lausilia,” by E. R. Sykes, B.A., and G. F. Harris, F.G.S. Jan. 12th, 1894.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., &c., in the chair. The following were elected members of the Society :— Dr. A. Brot, Mons. Caziot, Mrs. Henry Woodward, Miss Skeet, Rev. H. Milnes, A. E. Craven, Langley Kitching; E. H. Mathews, B. Schmacker, and Henry Suter. The following communications were read :—‘“‘ Three new species of Ampullaria and supplementary description of Voluta bednalli,” by G. B. Sowerby, F.Z.S., F.L.S. “On some new species of Marine Shells from New Zealand and Australia,” by Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. “Ona new Ae/ix from the Khasi Hills,” by John Ponsonby, F.Z.S. ‘‘ Discovery of a Pteropod in British Eocene Strata; with description of a new species,” by G. F. Harris, F.G.S. “ Revision of British Eocene Scaphopoda ; and description of some new species of British Eocene and Oligocene Mollusca,” by R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S., and G.cE; oars, F.G.S. CURRENT LITERATURE. 9 NOTES. Pfeiffer’s dates of publication, &c. Other students of the N. Z. Mollusca and myself are interested to learn by means of the note in the September number of ‘‘ The Conchologist ” (p. 180), by E. R. S., the real date of Pfeiffer’s alpha-beta series of names. What I had conjectured is thereby proved that these names first appeared not in the P. Z. S., but in the Won. Hel. Viv., vol. iii. When engaged in preparing the ‘* Reference List ” I sought, like E. R.S., particulars of these publication dates from the Zoological Society, who courteously acknowledged my inquiry, and withheld the information. ¢ Another series of dates has lately puzzled me, viz., those of publication of the Journal de Conchyliologie. 1 should like to learn, and so no doubt would other malacologists, when the last four numbers, dated respectively on the first page Ist Jan., 1893; Ist Oct., 1892; Ist July, 1892; and Ist April, 1892, were received at, say, the Library of the British Museum.—CHaRLEs HEDLEY, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney. The Journal de Conchyliologie. The question Mr. Hedley raises ve the actual date of publication of certain parts of this valuable quarterly, is one of great importance, and I venture to suggest that future copies should bear the exact date, e.g., January 1894 (published February Ist, 1894). I have communicated with Mr. E. R. Sykes, and he has very kindly sent to me the actual dates of receipt that the above-mentioned copies in the British Museum (Natural History) bear on their covers. DATE ON COVER. STAMPED. Ist April, 1892... ahs oes ... 3rd Sept., 1892 Ist July, 1892 std AO ak ... 22nd Feb., 1893 Ist Oct., 1892 BE a3 sist ... 10th May, 1893 Ist Jan., 1893 ae sis 200 ... 22nd July, 1893 Ist April, 1893... ace aa5 a.) LOoth) Dec, 1803 It seems to me that unless a sheet is printed giving the actual dates of publication of those parts issued during the last three years covstderable doubt will be thrown upon the claim for priority of many authors. — WALTER FE, COLLINGE. CURRENT LITERATURE. In order to make the following Bibliography as complete as possible, the Editor invites the co-operation of British and foreign authors. All communications should be addressed to the Editor, the “Journal of Malacology,” Mason College, Birmingham, England. MALACOLOGY IN GENERAL. Kew, H. Wallis.—The Dispersal of Shells. London, 1893. (Inter. Sci. Ser., vol. Ixxv., pp. 1.-xiv. and 1-291.) Very carefully, and with much attention to detail, Mr. Kew has collected together a large body of facts relating to the means of dispersal possessed by the land and freshwater Mollusca ; but surely his enthusiasm has led him rather far when he records such a hazy reference as (p. 142): ‘‘Dr. Scharff tells me that he remembers having somewhere seen an account of,” &c. A certain feeling of disappointment arises when we find that almost all the well authenticated cases will only account for the scattering of mollusca over a very small area. No case is on record, for instance, of any bird having been seen in Britain with any 10 CURRENT LITERATURE. foreign species of mollusca attached to it. Again, there is no case of timber bringing live mollusca, the author can only say ‘‘it may be done,” not ‘‘it has been done.” Put shortly the facts will only account for the stocking of isolated ponds and other such localities, not for the introduction of species from another country by animals. It is surely ‘‘ flogging a dead horse,” too, to expend time and space in proving that Ae/ix cantiana is indigenous to Britain, and that 1. limbata and H. aperta, &c., are not. The mass of references—which should have appeared as a bibliography—will be found very useful, though by no means complete. They are somewhat alarming in their present form to the ordinary reader. Chapter v. and vii. are very fragmentary. It must not be supposed because we have dwelt upon the above points, that we do not appreciate the time and attention that has been given to so interesting a subject; on the other hand, we feel sure that the work will be read with much interest by many, and form a handy reference volume on the subject of distribution. —E.R.S. Pilsbry, H. A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. i., pt. 57; ser. ii., pt. 33. Philadelphia. Academy of Natural Science. In the Marine series, part 57 commences vol. xv., with which the first series will close, and contains Acanthochites, Katharina, Amicula, Cryptochiton, Cryploplax, and Choneplax. The following are described as new :—Acanthochites pygmeus (near A. spiculosus), A. exguisttus, A. rhodeus, A. bisulcatus, A. hemphilli, A. carpentert (described from a series of drawings left by Carpenter !), 4. zzvolutus, Cptr. An appendix to vol. xiv. is commenced, in which Z7y¥achydermon is raised from a sub-genus to a genus and divided into three sections, chiefly distinguishable by the length the gills extend. In the Land series, vol. ix. commences with a guide to the groups of the Helices and a synopsis, partly contained in part 33. It opens with 77ochomorpha, and the species of this group are catalogued geographically. It may be noted that the distribution is as follows :—India, China, &c., 15; Andaman and Nicobar Islands, 6 ; Philippines, 26 ; Java, Celebes, Moluccas, 13; New Guinea, &c., 7 ; Solomon and New Hebrides, 27; Polynesia, Pelew to Marquesas groups, 41 ; unknown habitats, 8. We then pass through Pesctum to Laoma,. which is divided into ZLaoma,s.s. and Phrixgnathus. Flammulina comes next, and is divided into many sub-genera, one of these, Aedleyeconcha (a horrible name), is new. Its type is H. delta, Pfr. Hndodonta next occupies our attention, it is divided into eight sub-genera, chiefly founded on the presence or absence of teeth in the aperture, and the shape or sculpture of the shell. Dzglyftus is a new name for Diaglypftus, Pilsbry, which has been found to be preoccupied in Insecta. Tesseraria, Bttg. (preoccupied in Medusze), and 77opzdoptera, Ancey (preoccupied in Coleoptera), are replaced by Phenacharopa and Pterodiscus. Thauminatoron is a new section for part of Prtys, Pease (not of Beck). Vesophila is proposed for species of the last, having no teeth on the outer wall. We now pass to Phasis, containing only South African species, and then to Amfphidoxa. Next comes the great Patuloid group. For the group usually known as Patula; Pyramidula, Fitzinger, is proposed. The reason of this is, Mr. Pilsbry states, that ‘‘ In treating of the sub-genus Paéz/a it will be shown that the name is not available for the present genus as a whole.” Anxiously we turn on and we find that the part, like the first volume of an ordinary novel, has stopped at the most interesting point— viz., half-way through the generic description of Patwt/a.—E. R. S. STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT. Boutan, L.—Mémoire sur le systéme nerveux de la Merita polita et de la Navicella porcellana. Arch. de Zool., exp. et. gen., 1893, pp. 221-266, plts. xv.-xvi. Collinge, Walter E.—The anatomical characters of Arion flagellus, Cllge. Irish Nat., 1893, vol. ii., pp. 316-17. CURRENT LITERATURE. Il Davenport, C. B.—Studies in Morphogenesis. I. On the develop. of the Cerata in #olis. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Camb., U.S.A., 1893, pp. 141-8, 2 plts. D’Hardivillier, A.—Sur quelques faits que permittent de rapprocher lé systém nerveux central des Lamellibranches de celui des Gastéropodes. Comptes Rendus, 1893, vol. cxvii., pp. 250-2. Fischer, H.—Note sur quelques points de l’ histoire naturelle du genre Zutro- chatella, P. Fischer (7vochatella, Swainson, 1840, non Lesson, 1830). Journ. de Conchyl., 1893, pp. 85-89, pl. iii. Godwin-Austen, H. H.—On the Molluscan genus Paryvphanta, and on the anatomy of P. hochstetter?, Pfr. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1893, vol. 1., pp- 5-9, pl. i. P. hochstettert, Pfr.. is very closely allied to P. dusbyz, Gray, in this paper the anatomy is carefully described, and illustrated by thirteen figures. Its affinities with Zes¢acella and Schtzoglossa are dwelt upon, and for the three genera Paryphanta, Elea, and Schizoglossa, the author proposes a new sub-family Parvphantine. Further researches into the affinities of these genera and of the Testacellide, will no doubt result in grouping them all under one family. Fig. 16 is of 7: mauget, we think, although the form of the receptaculum seminis and duct looks more like that of 7. sczetzdam. The author in a foot-note (p. 7) states: ‘‘I took it to be 7: halrotidea.” It ‘shows a close convolution of the vas deferens for a short distance, and just where it first becomes a free tube.” On the plate and in the explanation it is given as 7. maugei 2—W. E. C. Hedley, C.—On Parmacochlea fischer’, Smith. Macleay Mem. Volume, 1893, pp- 201-4, pl. xxvii. This interesting species was described by Mr. Edgar A. Smith in 1884 (P. Z. S., p. 273, pl. xxiii.) Mr. Hedley’s specimen was one-third larger than the original ‘‘ Challenger ” specimen, measuring —in spirit—27 millim. He shows that Tryon is wrong in associating V2tvina australis, Reeve, with this species, the former not at present being known to inhabit Australia. The mantle lobes, though more grown together than in He/icarton, have not become fused as in Cystopelta. A somewhat lengthy account is given of the radula. The shell and internal structure are briefly described and figured. The convolutions of the vas deferens are very numerous, and form an intricate mass spread along the base of the duct of the receptacular seminis. ‘‘ The chief peculiarities of the mollusc under discussion are: the uncoiling of the whorls and the insertion of the intersutural supplementary plate of the shell, the partial atrophy of the mantle lobes, the numerous convolutions of the vas deferens, and the sac developed in the penis near the origin of its retractor muscle. The resemblance, both external and internal, of Parmacochlea to Helicarton calls for its classification beside that genus in the sub-family He/icariontne, whilst the differences between them clearly entitle it to generic rank. The abnormal shell induces me to support a descent and divergence from some form very similar to Helicarton robustus, Gould.” Kohler, August.—Beitrage zur Anatomie der Gattung Sishonarta. Zool. Jahrb., 1893, Bd. 7, pp. 1-92, pls. i.-vi. Metcalf, M.—Contributions to the Embryology of Chzton. Stud. Biol. Lab. John Hopkins Univ., 1893, vol. v., No. 4, 2 plts. Oswald, Ad.—Der Riisselapparat der Prosobranchier. Jen. Zeit. f. Nat., 1893, Bd. xxviii., pp. 119-62, T. v.-vi. and woodcuts. Plate, Ludwig H.—Studien iiber du Opisthopneumonische Lungensehnecken. Zool. Jahrb., 1893, Bd. 7, pp. 93-234, T. vil.-xii. Stauffacher, Heinrich.—Eibildung and Furchung bei Cyclas cornea, L. Jen. Zeit. f. Nat., 1893, Bd. xxviii., pp. 196-246, T. xi.-xv. and woodcuts. Vayssiere, A.—Etude zoologiques du Weinkauffia diaphana, Journ. de Conchyl., 1893, pp. 90-97, pl. iv. 12 CURRENT LITERATURE, Vayssiere, A.—Observations zoologique sur As Crepidula moulinsii, Michaud. Ibid., pp. 97-103, pt. of pl. v. Woodward, M. F.—On the Anatomy of Sane: ECE, Tate. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., as vol. i., pp. 20-26, pl. i VARIATION. Hornell, James.—Albinism amongst Marine Animals. Journ. Mar. Zool., 1893, vol. i., p. 6. Webster, G. W.— Variations of Strobilops hubbardi, Naut., 1893, vol. vii., p. 84. CLASSIFICATION, NOMENCLATURE, NEW GENERA AND SPECIES. Babor, J. and Kost’al, J.—Note sur une espéce nouvelle d’ Arion. Vest. Kral Ceské Spol. Nauk., 1893, pp. 1-4, pl. iv. Messrs. Babor and KoStal describe and figure a new and interesting species of Arion (vejdovskijz). The description is as follows :—‘‘ A. parvulum, in extensione gracillimum, dorso rugis subtilibus densis ornato ; color dorsi flavo-rubellus, cupri fere habitum imitans, laterum albidus capitis tentaculorumque ater ardesiacus, summa dorsiet clypei portione cinerea ; zonis lateralibus atris, tenuibus distinctissimis, figura lyriformi in clypeo simili; pedis margine albo, haud lineolato : soleae parte media pallida, lateralibus aurantiacis ; sudore luteo ; limacella nulla.” Hab.: Jaroyv prope Zavist’ in Bohemia central. The authors have taken considerable pains in describing the anatomy. The nervous system is typical of the genus. The pedal gland occupies two-thirds of the length of the body, and the caudal gland is considerably developed. The generative system is described in detail. The hermaphrodite gland is large and composed of two parts, each being formed by a number of large bluish-grey lobes; the hermaphrodite duct is tolerably long and dilated towards its end, and in three twisted segments, the last forming the seminal vesicle, not far from the albumen gland. This gland is white and composed of little closely set tubes, slightly pigmented at the entry of the hermaphrodite duct. The ovi-sperm duct (prostate and oviduct) is folded upon itself, forming two and a half folds, it is white, with purplish saculations. The sperm duct is rather short, with a cylindrical beginning and ends in a considerable swelling, the retactor muscle attached to the swelling is inserted in the posterior border of the pulmonary wall. In the swelling there is a conical gland surrounded by a large fold in the form of a prepuce. The vas deferens is small. There is a single vestibule from which the receptacular duct opens as a broad pouch terminating in a small receptaculum seminus. A. vejdovskiz? somewhat resembles A. z7ztermedius, Norm., but, as the authors point out, it differs slightly in colour and distinctly so in the generative system. Wa E.'C. Bergh, R.—Die gruppe der Doriditden. Mitt. Aus. Zool. Stat. Neapel, 1893, Bd. i., pp. 107-35, pl. 8 Several new species of Dortdium. Brazier, J.—Synonymy of and Remarks on old-described Australian Moll., with notes on their distrib. Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. W. (2), vol. viil., pp. 107-20. Attention is drawn to the forgotten description by Swainson in a rare and early volume of the Proc. Roy. Soc. of Van Diemen’s Land of Astele subcarinata, lately renamed by Pilsbry Cadlrostoma adamsi; the species is refigured. Poirier is quoted to show that AZurex australis, Q. and G., is a prior title of the shell better known as AZurex palmiferus, Sby. Clessin, S.—Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. Lief 401. Contains pp. 65-88 and plts. 19-21 of Pholadea, and plts. 1-3 of Fistulana and Gastrochena.. CURRENT LITERATURE. 13 Collinge, Walter E.—Description of the Anatomy, &c., of a New Species and Variety of Arion. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1893, vol. xii., pp. 252-4, pl. ix. Description of a new species and variety found at Schull, Co. Cork, Ireland ; a form intermediate between A. /usitantcus, Mab., and A. subfescus, Drap. A. flagellus, sp. nov. ‘The slug alive measured 50 mm. in length, in alcohol 42 mm., with a mantle 13 mm. long. The head is of a bluish-white colour, which gradually darkens or becomes a greyish blue on the tentacles. In the median line of the body a broad, dark, Vandyke-brown coloured band extends from the caudal gland to the mantle, and becomes less distinct after passing over about half the length of the mantle. On either side of the body a narrower light-brown band borders the median one, and this in turn is bounded by another Vandyke- brown band about half the breadth of the median one. The sides of the body and the foot fringe are of:a light brownish white, the latter being striped with faint sepia lines. The sole is pale yellow. The rugz are somewhat oval and flat, separated by deep sulci. The caudal gland is small and inconspicuous.” The principal anatomical characteristics are, the constricted form of the free oviduct and a small flagellum at a point where the retractor muscle is attached to the free oviduct. The oviduct and prostate are much convoluted and have a position different from other species. Other points of difference are noticeable in the hermaphrodite gland and in the alimentary, muscular, and nervous systems. Var. nov. phillipst. ‘* Whole of the back and mantle of a deep mahogany- brown colour and the sides of the body white with black dashes.” Crosse, H. et Fischer, P.—Diagnoses Molluscorum novorum, Republicz Mexicane incolarum. Journ. de Conchyl., 1893, pp. I10-II. The following new species are described :—Anodonta chalcoensis, Unio distinctus, U. soledadensts. Dall, W. H.—Prelim. notice of new sp. of L. shells from the Galapagos Is., &c. Naut., 1893, vol. vil., pp. 52-56. Ford, John.—Remarks on a new species of Cyfr@a. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1893, pp. 310-12. Ford, John.—Some (responsive) remarks relative to Cyprea greegort, Ford. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp. 78-81. Godwin-Austen, H. H.—On new species of AZycaeus from the Khasi and Naga Hill Country, Assam, Munipur, Upper Burmah, and the Nicobars. P.Z.5., 1893, pp. 592-96. Hedley, Charles.—An Enumeration of the /anelliaz. Trans. New Zealand Inst., 1892, pp. 156-62. The /anellide, as the author remarks, are a most interesting order, and one ‘* whose extent, distribution, and classification appear to be but little known.” Combining, as Mr. Hedley does, the systematist and anatomist in one, we note with much satisfaction the following remarks :—‘‘ Classification based upon a single feature has never proved to be natural—that is to say, has never arranged its subjects in the order of their blood-relationship. A classification to be natural should be founded upon the aggregate characters, and the arrangement of the pulmonate Gasteropoda by their jaws must be discarded, to share the fate of every such system since the days of Linné.” There are fourteen valid species enumerated, viz. :—/. dztentaculata, (). and G., 1832; /. marmorea, Hutton, 1879 ; Aneztella virgata, E. A. Sm., 1884; Anettea macdonaldi, Gray, 1860; A. graffec, Humbert, 1863 ; A. hzvedo, Fischer, 1868 ; A. modesta, Cr. and F., 1870; Hyalimax perluctdus, Q. and G., 1832; A. mauritianus, Raug., 1827; H. marllardi, Fischer, 1867 ; 4. reizhardt:, Morch, 1872 ; H. viridis, Theob., 1864 ; H. andamanicus, G.-A., 1882, and Parmarion kersteini, V. Mts., 1867. The following are mentioned as doubtful :—/. verrucosa, V. Mts., 1889. probably identical with /. d¢tentaculata v. papillata, Hutt., 1879 ; J. marmorata, V. Mts., 1889, perhaps synonymous with /. marmorea, Hutt. ; and 14 CURRENT LITERATURE. Neojanella dubia, Ckll., 1891. On this latter genus and species Mr. Hedley makes some rather strong remarks. Personally we consider it doubtful, on the grounds that a new genus and species described from a single alcoholic specimen —and not in the best of condition either—unaccompanied by figures or anatomical details, has no claim to acceptance, and should never have been described. A new colour variety of A. graffez is described, viz., v. nov. vosea. ‘‘ Entire animal coloured bright melon-pink. Summit of Mount Bellenden-Ker, N. Q. (KX. Broadbent) and Prosperine River, N. Q (C. W. de Bergh Birch.)” There are one or two errors which it will be well to point out. _/. papddlata is wrongly placed as a var. of /. detentaculata, and /. verrucosa and marmorata are both credited to Von Martens. I speak subject to correction, but think Simroth was the first to describe these. —W. E. C. Hedley, C.—Notes on Papuina. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp. 73-4. Hedley, C.—Pholas obturamentum; an wndescribed Bivalve fr. Sydney Harbour. Records of Austr. Mus., 1893; vol. ii., No. 4, pp. 55-7, pl. xiv. Kobelt, W.—System. Conch.-Cab. v. Martini u. Chemnitz, Lief 400 and 402. Contain pp. 17-56 and plts. 6-17 of the Achatinide: the only novelty is Pseudachatina gravenreuthi, Bttgr., from the Cameroons. Kobelt, W.—Diagnosen neuer palzarctischer Arten. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1893, pp. 150-53. Marshall, J. T.—Additions to ‘‘British Conchology.” Journ. Conch., 1893, pp- 241-265. A valuable contribution to our British shells. One or two criticisms may be made however. Zvrochus magus v. conica, Mar., appears identical with v. producta, Bucquoy, Dautzenberg, and Dollfus, which is described as narrow, spire very elevated and umbilicus very small; this species is of course not a true Zvochus. Rissoa pulcherrimav. pellucida, Mar.; there isav. concolor, B. B. and D., described as yellowish white without markings, these two can hardly both stand. On #. czngzllus v. graphicus, it may be remarked that while the yellowish form is found at Wey- mouth,the white is abundant at Portland. Ludlima philippii v. tumidosa, Marx. ; the author states that ‘‘This variety I had originally named in MS. until after the publication of the ‘‘ Challenger” Report, when I recognised the £. /atifes of Watson, described and figured therein as the same thing.” Surely Mr. Marshall cannet intend to refer £. /atifes of Watson to his MS. name of v. éedosa. Cerithuopsis tubercularis v. actcula, Brusina ; according to Bucquoy, Dollfus, and Dautzenberg this is v. saulata, Wood. Nassa reticulata v. minor, Mar.; there is av. curta, B. D. & D., squat only measuring 14 millim. Cyprea europea v. minor, Mar.; there is already a v. mznor, Monterosato. A protest must be entered against these vars. mznor, major, &c.; unless they differ by some other characteristic than size alone, they can surely be of no service, and we shall require a name for every specimen which differs in size from the type. —E. R. S. Martens, E. von.—Biologia Centrali-Americana: Mollusca. London, 1893, Aug.-Oct., pp. 185-248, pls. 10-12. These parts deal with Ortalicus, Otostomus, and part of Bulimulus. The spelling is changed from Orthalicus on the ground that the derivation should be from éprddtxos—a young fowl; such an alteration as this, however, is dangerous, as there is another possible derivation which would give Orthalicus, and since it is now impossible to be certain which derivation was originally meant it is better to keep to the original spelling. The following are new :—Ortalicus maclure, Otostomus trimarianus, O. bugabensis, O. championt, O. moritinctus, Bulimulus durangoanus. The substitution of comparative tables in place of a description of each species is a new and convenient feature. They are not, how- ever, arranged as conveniently as they might be, that of Az/zmulus for example is placed in the middle of the letter-press relating to B. schiedianus, so that on p- 239 we have only part of the references, on p. 240-1 the table of the genus, and on p. 242 the remainder of the references.—E. R. S. CURRENT LITERATURE. 15 Moellendorff, O. von.—Ueber den Werth des Deckels fiir die Systematik. Nach. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell, 1893, pp. 137-147. Moellendorff, O. von.—Materialen zur Fauna der Philippinen xi. Die Insel Leyte. Ber. Senck. Nat. Ges. Frankf., 1893, pp. 51-154, pls. ill.-v. The new species are too numerous to detail here. A new section Covzewplecta is created (type Azplecta scalarina, Pfr.) for some species of Zrochonantna from the Philippines, such as votendata, Semper., and from the South Seas, such as tongana, (uoy. Ceratopona is a new section of Helicina for H. carolz, Kob. ; it is near Geophorus, but is distinguished by a less acute keel and by its not being agglutinous, the operculum is simple, thin, and corneous. Other new sections of Helicina are Pleuropoma (type dichroa, Mlldf.), and Szbfurina (type cetrina, Gould). About thirty species are noted as peculiar to the island, which seems to be most nearly related to Cebu ; though, as the author remarks, this may be due to the small species in the Cebu fauna having been more thoroughly worked than most of the other islands.—E. R. S. Pilsbry, H. A.—Prelim. note on the species of Stvodz/ops. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp- 56-7. Pilsbry, H. A.—Illustration of Mexican Melanians. /d¢d., pp. 61-4, pl. iii. Pilsbry, H A.—A New Gastropod from New Jersey. dzd., pp. 67-8, pl. iii. P[ilsbry], H. A.—A Synonym of Leptothyra. Tbid., p. 84. Gabb’s genus Petropoma. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sct. Philad., viii., p. 281.) Scharff, R. F.—A new Irish species of Avon. Irish Nat., 1893, vol. ii. p. 302. Dr. Scharff thinks that 4. flagel/as, Clige., is only a variety of A. seb/uscus. Most of the anatomical features are overlooked. The constricted oviduct is ascribed to the passage of ova, and the flagellum is—very wrongly—thought to be a portion of the retractor muscle. (See Collinge, W. E., p. 10.) Simroth, H.—Ueber die von Herm Dr. Stuhlmann ine Inneren von Ostafrika gesammelten Nacktschnecken. JBerich. d. Naturf. Gesell. zu Leipzig. Feby., 1893. Smith, Edgar A.—Descrs. of six new species of Land-Shells from Annam. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1893, vol. i., pp. 10-13, 3 figs. Smith, Edgar A.—Note on Cyfrea greegort, Ford. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp. 64-5. Sowerby, G. B.—Descrs. of fifteen new shells of the family Pleawrotomide. P.Z.S., 1893, pp. 487-92, pl. xxxviil. Pleurotoma 8, Daphnella 3, Defrancia 2, Cythara 2. Sowerby, G. B.—Notes on the Genus Carzzaria, with an enumeration of the ‘species, and the descr. of a new form. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1893, vol. i., pp- 14-16, 4 figs. Sowerby, G. B.—Descr. of a new species of Cancellaria from Penang. J/bid., p- 27, fig. Sterki, V.—Observations on Vallonia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Soc. Philad., 1893, Pp: 234-79- An enlarged edition of his monograph in the A/anuwal of Conchology (ser. 2 vol. viii. ). Sykes, E. R.—On the Clauszlive of Sumatra, with descrs. of two new species and a variety. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1893, vol. i., pp. 28-30, 3 figs. Suter, Henry.—Prelim. Note on Tasmanian Land-Shells. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp. 77-8. 16 CURRENT LITERATURE. Suter, Henry.—Contributions toward a Revision of the Tasmanian Land Mollusca. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp. 87-90. Tate, Ralph.—On some new sp. of Australian Marine Gasteropoda. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vol. xvili., pp. 189-97, pl. I. The new species belong to Szpho 1, Columbella 1, Cerithiopsis 1, Bittium 1, Torinia 1, Turbo 1, Clanculus 2, Thalotia 1, Calitostoma 1, Euchelus 5. Vayssiere, A.—Note sur les coquilles de |’ Homalogyra polyzona et de V Ammonicera fischeriana. Journ. de Conchyl., 1893, pp. 106-9, pt. of pl. v. Webster, G. W.—Strobila hubbardi. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., p. 94. PHYSIOLOGY, HABITS, AND CONDITIONS OF LIFE. Coupin, H.—La faune des Conduites d’eau. Le Nat., 1893, p. 261. Coupin, H.—Sur 1’élimination des matiéres étrangéres chez les Acéphales et, en particulier, chez les Pholades. Comptes Rendus, 1893, vol. cxvil., pp. 373-6. D [all]. W. H.—Heckel’s Planktonic Studies. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp. 86-7. Hornell, James.—On the habits of the Octopus in captivity. Journ. Mar. Zool., 1893, vol. i., pp. 9-11. Webb, W. M.—On the manner of feeding in 7estacella scutulum. Zool., 1893, vol. xviil., pp. 281-9, pl. i. Mr. Webb records a series of very interesting and careful observations upon a subject which previously has been anything but clear. Webb, W. M.—The Method of Feeding in Zestacella. Zool., 1893, vol. xvii., p- 356. SPECIAL FAUNA AND DISTRIBUTION. Anon. — Zur Molluskenfauna des nordwestlichen Persiens. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1893, pp. 148-9. Baldwin, D. D.—Catalogue of the L. & F. Shells of the Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1893. Deals of course principally with Achatinella. There is a list of synonymy given which will prove useful; more care might have been taken, however, to investigate the relative antiquity of the names. Billinghurst, F. L.—Notes on the L. & F. M. of Castlemaine and neighbourhood. Victorian Nat., 1893, pp. 61-64. Boettger, O.—Die Marinen Mollusken der Philippinen (II.). Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel , 1893, pp. 153-67. Deals with Aulima, Subiularia, Mucronalia. Niso, and Stylifer: the new species are Zulima 6, Niso 1, and Stylifer 2. Brazier, John.—Catal. of the Marine Shells of Australia and Tasmania. Pt. III. Aust. Mus., Sydney, 1893, pp. 45-74. Contains the genus A/urex. Brazier, John.—Note on Cassis wyvillei, Watson, from the Solomon Isles., Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S. W., ser. 2, vol. vill., p. 43. Extends the range of this ‘‘Challenger ” Solomon Is. species from the Philippines to the CURRENT LITERATURE. 17/ Clapp, Geo. H.—Vitrina timpida in Pennsylvania. Naut., 1893, vol. viii., PP. 94-5- . , Clarke, W. J.—Viviparus contectus still living at Askern. Nat., 1893, p. 304. Cockerell, T. D. A.— Vallonia americana, Ancey, MS. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., Pp 94. Collinge, Walter E.—On the occurrence of Aréon lusitanicus, Mab., in the British Isles, and Descrs. of 4 New Varieties. Ann. Mag. N.H., 1893, vol. xil., pp. 414-15. Recorded from Bevihenen, Bantry Bay, Ireland, where it was collected by Mr. H. Burnley Rathborne. The new varieties described are :—‘‘rufescens, var. nov. Whole of body a dark red. Sides of body bandless. Sent with type by Mr. Rathborne.” —wigrescens, var. nov. Described from a black specimen from Ireland.— “¢ olivaceius, var. nov. Various shades of olive-green.”” Mentone.—‘‘ flavo-gviseus, var. noy. Yellowish grey. Foot-fringe usually lighter than the body.” Mentone. The term 7z¢gvescens also includes plumbeous-coloured forms from Mentone. Cooper, J. E.—Note on Ae/éx pisana in the Channel Is. Journ. Conch., 1893, p- 265. Cooper, J. G.—On the L. and F. Mollusca of Lower California. Proc. Calif. Ac. Sci., 1893, vol. iii., pp. 207-17 and 338-44, pls. xiii. -xiv. The total now known is 54, of which a large proportion are zdemulz. The following are new :—WVelaniella? Eisentana (a curious sinistral species which appears to be a link between Stexogyra and Cylindrella), Planorbis anttensis, and Pl. peninsularis. Crouch, Walter.—On the Occurrence of Crepidula yornicata in Essex. Proc, Malac. Soc., Lond., 1893, vol. i., p. 19. Dollfus, A.— 7hracia papyracea sur les cotes du Calvado. Feu. des Jeun. Nat., 1893, p. 15. Dumas, M. l’abbe.—Les Moll. de l’Allier. Rev. Sci. d. Borbonnais et du centre d. 1. France. Ann. 6, Nos. 11-12, pp. 202-6. Fierke, F.W.—V2viparus contectus at Askern. Nat., 1893, p. 304. Gain, W. A.—The present Summer Conchologically. Brit. Nat., 1893, p. 189. Gain, W. A.—The Mollusca of Nottinghamshire. Brit. Nat., 1893, pp. 224-6 and 233-40. One or two slips have been made in the varieties of the slugs, thus 4. emper7- corum Vv. cinerea, Kbk., should be cinerascens, Ckll.; bz%color, Rbk., should be bicolor, Moq. A. subfuscus, Drap., and A. intermedius, Norm., v. plumbeus, Cllge., are omissions. Mr, Taylor’s account of the first typical Amalia gagates is very amusing. —W. E. C. Girard, A.—Révision de la faune malacologique des iles Thomé et du Prince. Jorn. d. Sci. Ac. Real d. Sci., Lisbon, 1893; T. 3. Hanham, A.W,—Land Moll. observed in the Gaspe Region. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp. 65-6. Hidalgo, J. ©.—Obras Malacologicas. Entrega 3. Mem. Real. Ac. de Cien., Madrid, 1893. This part reprints a large portion of the author’s papers on the Mollusca of Central America. Kennedy, William.—J/axthina votundati at Portrush. Irish Nat., 1893, p. 277. Knight, G. A. F.—Contrib. towards a List of the M. Moll. of the upper portion of L. Linnhe, Argyllshire. Journ. Conch., 1893, pp. 232-7. 18 CURRENT LITERATURE. Latchford, F. R.—Conchology. Ottawa Nat., 1893, p. 182. Milnes, Herbert.—List of the L. and F. S. of Derbyshire. Journ. Conch., 1893, pp. 274-88. Monks, Sarah P.—San Pedro as a Collecting Ground. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., PP: 74-77: Peck, J. I.—Rpt. on the Pteropoda and Heteropods coll. during the voyage of the ‘‘ Albatros.” Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, vol. xvi., pp. 451-66, pls. liii.-lv. Pteropods were dredged at seven stations and taken in surface collections at six, Those found in dredging are frequently different to the surface species at the same place ; this is probably due to the ocean currents carrying the light shells some distance. Cavolinza was by far the best represented genus found. At the deepest dredging in which pteropods were found, viz., 1,019 fathoms off the E. of Sth. America, a large deposit of ‘‘ pteropod ooze” was discovered ; in which the only Heteropod was Atlanta peronti. A species of Carinarta was also found, but the surface collections are not thoroughly worked out ; and for the curious reason ‘‘of convenience” the Gasteropod /azthznva is included in this report, a circumstance which will probably result in the remarks being overlooked by most students of the Gasteropoda. The outline drawings are poor.—F. R. S. P.[ilsbry], H. A.—Acanthochites exquisitus, Pilsbry. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp- 95-6. Pleas, E.—Shells of Henry Co., Indiana. Naut. 1893, vol. vii., pp. 68-70. Praeger, R. Lloyd.—elix Arbustorum, L., in Leitrim. Irish Nat., 1893, p. 302. Roebuck, W. D.—Zima.x cineroniger. Nat., 1893, p. 280. Scharff, R. F.—Zestacella scutulum, Sow. Irish Nat., 1893, vol. ii. p. 253. Scharff, R. F.—e/ix rufescens in Belfast. Lbzd., p. 277. Scharff, R. F.—Rare Shells from co. Sligo. /dza’., p. 301. Scharff, R. F.—Ae/ix fusca in co. Dublin. Jdzd., p. 302. Scharff, R. F.—Note on the Geographical Distribution of Geomalacus macilosus Allman, in Ireland. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1893, vol. i., pp. 17-18, map. Standen, R., and Hardy, J. R—The L. and F. Moll. of Oban, &c. Journ., Conch., 1893, pp 266-74. Stearns, R. E. C.—Report on the Mollusk-fauna of the Galapagos Islands with Descriptions of new species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1893, vol. xvi., pp. 353-450, pls. li.-li. The report, occupying nearly a hundred pages, is much inflated with remarks compiled from other authors on such subjects as to the length of time snails can sub- sist without food, agency of winds in distribution, &c., and the original work would go into a much smaller space. For instance, the catalogue of the ‘‘ Albatross ” shells is gone through, and then in a general summary, embracing other authors’ work, all the species are listed again. Mr. Stearns is to be congratulated on having grouped no less than ten pseudo-species under Belémulus nux. On the whole, it is an exhaustive summary of what is known respecting the fauna of these islands. The ‘‘ Albatross” work added 59 species to the fauna, about 15 of which were new: why, however, the paper should be headed ‘‘ with descriptions of new species,” when all of them have been described elsewhere, we are left ee » Ne Oe CURRENT LITERATURE. 19 Tate, R.—Some Additions to the List of Mar. Gastropoda of S. Australia. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vol. xviii., pp. 198-202. Addenda to and notes on Adcock’s list (see Conchologist, 1893, vol. ii., p. 182). Taylor, J. W.—Ayalinia nitida v. albida, Jeff., in Tipperary. Journ. Conch., 1893, p. 231. Taylor, Geo. W.—L. and F. W. Shells in the Rocky Mountains. Naut., 1893, vol. vil., pp. 85-6. Warren, Amy.—TZvrochus duminyt and Odostomia delicata on the Irish Coast. Irish Nat., 1893, pp. 252-3. Warren, Amy.—e/zx rufescens in the North of Ireland. J/ézd., p. 301. Winkley, H. W.—The Sheepscote River. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp. 81-83. Wood, W. M.—On a Collecting trip to Monterey Bay. /0zd., pp. 70-71. PALAEONTOLOGY. Ammon, L. v.—Die Gastropoden fauna des Hochfellen-Kalkes und_ iiber Gastropoden-Reste aus Ablagerungen von Adnet, von Monte Nota und den Raibler Schichten. Geognost. Jahreshft., 1892 (1893), pp. 161-219, figs. Many new species. Anon.—I!lustrations of new Cretaceous Shells. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp. 51-2, pt. of pl. ii. Bigot, A.—Contributions a l’etude de la faune jurassique de Normandie. fer. Memoire: Sur les Trigonies. Mem. Soc. Linn. Normandie, 1893, vol. XVil., pp. 259-343, pl. vili.-xvii. Brusina, S.—Sur la découverte d’une nouvette faune dans les conches tertiaires a Congeria des env. de Zagreb (Agram) et sur ses relations avec la faune récente de la Mer Caspienne. Proc. Congrés Internat. Anthrop. &c., Moscow, 1893, pp- 9. Records a species of Z7max and several new species of non-marine mollusca. Campbell, John H.—Descr. of a new fossil Cyprea. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., Pa52sptok plans Hutton, F. W.—The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand. Macleay Mem. Volume, 1893, pp. 35-92, pls. vi.-ix. This monograph enumerates 251 species of marine fossils, none of which are new. Some are briefly redescribed. In four quarto plates 95 species are repre- sented by zinc engravings. The Pliocene beds are restricted in New Zealand to the south of the North Island. From 23 to 37 per cent. of their contained mollusca are extinct, and 12 of their genera are absent from the present fauna, though still in existence abroad. Since the recent species are, as fossils, the most abundant, and the extinct the rarest, it would appear that in Pliocene seas the present molluscan fauna was establishing itself at the expense of an earlier fauna. Onis Hyatt, Alpheus.—Phylogeny of an acquired characteristic. Amer. Nat., 1893, vol. xxvil., pp. 865-77, pl. xviii. Refers to the fossil Cephalopoda, Tate, R., and Deunant, J.—Correlation of the Marine Tertiaries of Australia : Pt. i., Victoria. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vol. xviii,, pp. 203-26. Woehrmann, S. v.—Ueber die systematische Stellung der Trigoniden und die Abstammung der Nayaden. Jahrb. K. K. Geol. Reichsanst, vol. xliii., pp. 1-28, 2 plts. Both groups, according to the author, retain their respective former places in the series near each other. The arrangement is made entirely to turn on the hinge structure. No anatomy quoted! 20 EDITOR’S NOTES. BIOGRAPHICAL. J.[ohnson], C. W.—In Memoriam—Robert Walton. Naut., 1893, vol. vii., pp- 90-1. Shone, Wm.—George Wm. Shrubsole, F.G.S. Nat., 1893, pp. 336-40, and portrait. Winkley, Henry W.—Charles B. Fuller (obit.) Naut., 1893, vol. vii., p. 58. EDITOR’S NOTES. We extend a very hearty welcome to the ‘‘ Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London,” the first part of which consists of thirty pages of letter-press, two plates, and thirteen woodcuts. We believe it is the intention of the Council to issue at least four such parts per year, which alone are well worth the small subscription the society asks. No working malacologist can afford to be without such a publication, and Editor, Secretary, and Publication Committee may indeed feel proud of their first effort. We have received from the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, U.S.A., a copy of an address to the various scientific bodies with which it is in connection, requesting the same to memorialise their respective governments in favour of allowing objects of natural history to travel through the post at the same rates of postage as samples of merchandise. All students of the Mollusca will be pleased to learn that Dr. Pelseneer’s new work (‘‘ Zxtroduction a [ Etude des Mollusques”’) is now almost ready. It will be published by M. Lamertin, of Brussels, in 1 vol., 8vo., 146 figs., price 6 fr. We much regret to hear that our contemporary, the A/dland Naturalist has ceased to exist. At the same time we welcome what promises to be a practical and interesting paper, the Journal of Marine Zoology, a plainly-worded biological quarterly, edited by Mr. James Hornell, of the Jersey Marine Biological Station. Mr. Arthur Willey, B.Sc., has been elected to the Balfour Scholarship of Cambridge University, and will proceed to New Ireland to investigate the early development of Maztilus pompilius. Mr. Charles Ashford, of Christchurch, Hants, died suddenly on January 31st, in his 66th year. Mr. Ashford was a skilled dissector of the Mollusca, and there are few, if any, of the British Land and Freshwater Mollusca whose anatomy he was not acquainted with. One of his best known papers is that on the Anatomy of the Darts and Dart-saes of the elicide. Mr. Hugh Fulton has just acquired a very fine specimen of the extremely rare Pleurotomaria beyrichii, Hilgendorf, from Japan. This makes the sixth specimen known of that species (three of which are very imperfect), and the sixteenth recent specimen of the genus. THE OWN AL Or M ALA COR@GGy: No 2: JUNE 25th, 1894. Vor.) Dir ON A CASE OF PROTECTIVE RESEMBLANCE AMONG SLUGS. Ba (Gig TS ALIS RICA 1) IDO Handsworth, Birminghan. I wisH to call attention to the very remarkable likeness existing between Avion hortensts and Agriolimax agrestis, and portions of the bloom sheath of the black poplar ( Populus nigra, L.). On April 12th, while in the garden, I noticed what I took to be a number of these slugs lying among what I knew to be the bud- sheaths of the poplar overhanging my fern-house. ‘They were close against the garden tiles along the edge of the lawn ; there had been some rain and the ground was damp. I thought this a fair oppor- tunity for giving our pet thrush and blackbird a treat, so I “ went ” for these slugs, but was surprised to find that I had been deceived— they were poplar bud sheaths. In thinking upon the matter the conclusion was forced upon me that in the slugs we have a strong case of protective mimicry. Not: all the sheaths—perhaps 30 per cent.—bear a wonderful, I might almost say an exact likeness of either one or other of the species named, and all bear such a semblance as to act as an efficient concealment to the slugs when lying among them. The fact that only a percentage were so truly slug-like lent greater point to the concealment. Sometimes the smaller portion (lower) of the sheath, which adheres by the gummy secretion of the bud to the larger upper and inner part— giving the mantle to the false slug—falls off, yet even then, for a time at least, until age darkens it, the lighter part where it was inserted carries out the deception. JouRNAL oF Matacotoecy, Vol. iii., No. 2. 22 TYE: A CASE OF PROTECTIVE RESEMBLANCE AMONG SLUGS. Where the semblance is most perfect we get the keel, pallial line, sometimes the corrugated surface, occasionally the partly extended tentacles, the darker lines often seen on A. horfensis, some- times the curve of the body sideways, as in the act of turning, and in one case I noticed a sheath had fallen on the edge of a brick, and it was scarcely possible to believe it to be other than a slug with its head bent over in the act of passing the angle. The natural exudation of resinous gum—which has a somewhat pleasant odour—gives a rather shiny appearance to the sheaths even in dry weather, and when they are wet this slug-like appearance is enhanced. It sometimes happens that the bloom falls off with two parts of the sheath attached, then the husk looks exactly like a slug feeding on the peduncle of the flower. It is perhaps worthy of remark that activity among the slugs is coincident with the fall of these bloom-sheaths, at a time when con- cealment is useful to them on account of the increased energy of their natural enemies, the thrushes, who, after a winter’s abstinence from such dainties, are more than usually alert, having young to provide for. It is true slugs are where poplar trees are not-—but the case I cite is probably one out of many, which further observations will elicit. If we consider the general colours of slugs, sombre greys and browns, we can readily see how curled leaves, sticks, sheaths, &c., help them against their foes—a flash of deception has many a time passed through my mind by seeing some such object which looked like a slug. “ T know a bank,” a sweet bank by Warwick’s “soft flowing Avon,” where, in the gloaming, a pale A. agrestis—a species which is very plentiful there—creeping up a grass stem looks like a cocoon of the five spotted Burnet-moth (Zygena trifolit). At such times when the sun is not shining, the mind, through the eye, is easiest deceived in man, and probably in beast too. The little 4. dourguignat, when you find it under a log or stone “humping itself,’ looks like a grey pebble, and the great Limax maximus seems at first glance something more villainous than a slug to other eyes than ours, perhaps. These are bald notes on a subject of great charm to a naturalist, showing how life has struggled and worked to one great end—to fit itself to its environment, COCKERELL: ON THE JAMAICAN SPECIES OF VERONICELLA. 23 ON THE JAMAICAN SPECIES OF VERONICELLA. IKE 4bG IDR ING (COICO HINGE Wa/5she Professor of Entomology and Zoology, AND IRS Re TEAIRINION|. Student of ’94, New Mexico Agricultural College, U.S.A. In the Check-List of Slugs, p. 219, it was stated that descriptions had been made of several Jamaican Veronicelle, which seemed to be distinguished by not altogether unimportant characters; but these were not published, owing to uncertainty regarding the specific value of the distinctions observed. The present paper results from an attempt to definitely determine the value of these distinctions in the separation of species. The material here discussed is wholly from Jamaica. It consists of 18 specimens recently dissected (numbered 1 to 18), and various others (numbers from 19 to 24, some numbers including more than one specimen) examined in Jamaica—the latter being those referred to in the Check-List. The 18 specimens lately examined were all sexually mature except Nos. 6, 12, and 15, which three, perhaps only by accidental coincidence, were all very dark in colour. Unfortunately the precise locality-records of these specimens have been lost, but it is believed that most came from Kingston, and a few (including No. 2) were sent by Mrs. E. M. Swainson from Bath. The results obtained are quite remarkable, and tend to throw doubt on the validity of several characters hitherto used for the separation of species in the genus; it has therefore seemed well to state them rather fully. In the first place, it may be said that none of the specimens now reported on show the characters of V. dssémilis, nor does it seem possible to associate any of them with V. jamazcensis (Semper’s supposed &vaussit). V. dtssimilis, Ckll., characterised by its very long (12 to £8 mm.) filiform glands, and the form of the penis- retractors is doubtless the same as Semper’s supposed sloanir, although Semper’s slug differs in colour from the types of déssémalts. This species is undoubtedly distinct from the true /. sloanit, Cuv. The specimens show great differences from one another, so that by selecting a few of the most distinct forms, several apparently good species might be described.* Yet we believe that the whole series * As stated above, several supposed species had been indicated by one of usin MS. It may be added that three of these (vizgata, and specimens supposed to be identical with Nos. 22 and 21) were sent to Dr. Simroth, who wrote that he considered them very nearly allied, but still distinct species. Mr. Pilsbry also wrote that he had named a Jamaican Jeronicella as new in MS., but whether it was another form of sZoanzi cannot be ascertained, as he mentioned no characters, 24 COCKERELL: ON THE JAMAICAN SPECIES OF VERONICELLA. represents the variations of but one species, V. s/oanit, and that V. virgata, Ckll., must be reduced to V. séoanti var. virgata. With the details given below, the reader can form his own opinion as to the correctness of these conclusions. Notwithstanding so much variability, the species V. sloanzz, as now defined, should be easy of recognition. The following characters appear to be quite constant and of specific value in V. sloantd -— (1.) The under-side is always free from spots or markings of any kind, whereas true occidentalis, Guild., from the Lesser Antilles, has some spots beneath. (2.) The sole never projects from behind the body, as it does in one or two of the continental species. (3.) The filiform glands are less than ro mm. long, whereas in dissimilis and floridanus they are considerably longer. (4.) The penis is always long, cylindrical, with the end slightly bulbous and the orifice terminal. It thus entirely differs from that of such species as V. portoricensis. (5.) The filiform glands are always more than ro in number, thus differing from V. morchit and V. dubia. (6.) The female orifice is always postmedian, thus differing from the continental V. nigra, &c. Aside from these constant characters, we find the most extraordinarily variability, both as to colour, size, and anatomical features. Variable Characters. (1.) Size: sexually mature examples (in alcohol) range from 36 to 71 mm. in length, from which it seems certain that the slugs grow after reaching sexual miaturity. a. Nos. 19, 7, 21, 20, 17, 22, and 16 are less than 40 mm. long. b. Nos. 5, 8, 11, 10, 24, 13, 18, and 14 are 40 or over, but less than 50 mm. long. Nos. 9, 4, 1, and 3 are 50 or over, but less than 56 mm. long. ad. No. 2 is 71 mm. long. A comparison of the descriptions will show that size cannot be correlated with other characters so as to serve for specific distinction. It is, however, remarkable that the largest specimen (71 mm.) has the shortest (3} mm.) filiform glands. (2.) Shape: the shape varies somewhat in the contracted slugs, but no essential difference is noticed between any of the specimens. (3.) Colour: contrary to the opinion of some authors, colour seems as useful as most other characters in distinguishing species and races of Veronicella; but there is great variability, and SR COCKERELL; ON THE JAMAICAN SPECIES OF VERONICELLA. 25 what particular forms of coloration can be used, is only to be learned by experience. Thus, the variety coffee, found at moderately high altitudes, is so far as observed sufficiently constant in colour to be readily recognised. The var. virgata, distinguished by less marked peculiarities of colour, is always constant so far as noticed. Doubtless in both cases intergrades will be found, but it is probable that several such local races of V. sloanii—indicating the first steps toward the formation of species—will be found in Jamaica when a thorough search is made. Such local races will present variations among their members, but the average characters of each will be found to be different, though one may intergrade with another where their areas join. Among the specimens lately examined, three (Nos. 18, 2, and g) were observed to be very conspicuously speckled, and we thought a distinct variety might be indi- cated. ‘They agreed very nearly in the number of filiform glands, but in the length of the glands they disagreed, and after comparing their characters in detail, we gave up all idea of separating them under a distinct name. In this case, apparently, the colour character was of no use for purposes of classification. In the descriptions given below, the colour-characters are often given in italics, to draw attention to contrasts in this respect between anatomically-similar slugs. (4.) Distance of female orifice from head : varying from *51 (Nos. 15 and 8) to ‘60 (No. g) of total length. These variations cannot be correlated with other characters. (5-) Distance of female orifice from sole: varying from } mm. to 2, or (in the specimen of 71 mm. long) 24 mm. It is doubtful whether these variations have much significance. (6.) The penis is quite variously curved and twisted, the position it assumes when the animal is killed being probably acci- dental. Its length varies from 43 (No. 7) to 13 (No. 16) mm. The smaller measurement probably denotes some immaturity, although No. 16, which had the longest penis, was a slug only r mm. longer than No. 7. (7.) The penis retractor may be described as short and thick, but it is commonly attached to a stout transverse fascia, which represents its two divergent tendons. Such a condition is described below as two retractors, though it might be more correct to say retractor two-headed. In certain specimens 26 COCKERELL: ON THE JAMAICAN SPECIES OF VERONICELLA. (eg. Nos. 8 and g) this condition does not obtain, and the retractor is strictly one. It surprised us to find that this difference (whether one or two retractors) could not be correlated with other characters, and was apparently of no specific value. In V. dissimilis the two penis-retractors are distinct, long, and slender ; and here the character has specific value. (8.) The filiform glands vary in number from about 20 (Nos. 20, 22, and 23) to 47 (No. 10), but from 30 to 35 is the usual number. In length they vary from 33 (No. 2) to 9 mm. The alimentary canal was found to be practically the same throughout. Some variation was observed in the foot- nerves, but the nervous system was not studied. We have no doubt that the species is identical with V. sloanit, which is the same as Blainville’s /. Zevis—the type of the genus. Mr. C. D. Sherborn was so kind as to ascertain the approximate date of publication of Cuvier’s work, from which it appears certain that the name sloanit antedates /evis by some months, though both were pub- lished in 1817. Veronicella sloanit (Cuvier), Zable of Variations. A. Filiform glands 9 mm. long. a. Tworetractores penis; filiform glands 36; penis slightly curved, cylindrical, end bulbous, orifice terminal, length 7$ mm. Length (in alch.) 453 mm., breadth 14 mm., breadth of sole 5; 2 orifice 27 mm. (‘59 of total length) from head, 1 mm. from sole. Ends rounded, head retracted, end of sole not projecting beyond body. Mantle dirty yellow, with wo well-defined median line and no spots ; slightly warty. Beneath pale yellowish-brown, sole concolorous ; cross- lines of sole numerous and small. = No. 5. é. One retractor penis; filiform glands about 20; @ orifice *56 of total length from head; mantle with a pale median- line and dark subdorsal bands. = virgata, Cll. B. Filiform glands 83 mm. long, 35 in number, one of them branched ; penis cylindrical, end bulbous, orifice terminal, length ro mm. ; length of slug (in alch.) 55, breadth 15, of sole 8mm.; ? orifice 33 mm. (‘60 of total length) from head, 2 mm. from sole. Head slightly protruded ; mantle distinctly mottled dark brown and dirty yellow, no median line. Beneath pale yellow, sole concolorous, cross-lines of sole numerous, irregular. = No. 9. COCKERELL : ON THE JAMAICAN SPECIES OF VERONICELLA. 27 C. Filiform glands 7 mm. long. - a, One retractor penis ; filiform glands 28. a' Penis 11 mm. long, retractor 3 mm. ; footnerves going apart 14 mm. from head; intestine 80 mm. from buccal mass to ? orifice; receptaculum seminis globular, dark, 4 mm. diameter, with duct 12 mm. long. Length (in alch.) 37 mm., breadth 113, sole breadth 4, 9 orifice 22 mm. from head, and ? from sole; cross- lines on sole alternating large and small, about 35 to 38 large ones in 10 mm. of sole. Found by Dr. Henderson in Kingston. = No. 19. a Penis straight, cylindrical, and bulbous, orifice terminal ; length 9} mm. Length (in alch.) 48} mm., breadth 14} mm., breadth of sole 6 mm.; 2? orifice 25 mm. (‘51 of total length) from head. Head retracted, sole not projecting beyond body. Mantle slightly mottled, prevailing colour dirty yellow; an ill-defined pale median line; beneath pale yellow. Cross-lines of sole well-defined and regular; about 16 in 5 mm. of sole. = No. 8. b. ‘Two retractores penis; filiform glands 30 or more. b' Penis ro mm. long; filiform glands 30. Length (in alch.) 50 mm., breadth 144, of sole 5. Female orifice 28 mm. (°56 of total length) from head, 1 mm. from sole. Head retracted. Jd/antle dark brown with a well- defined median-line, and an ill-defined dirty yellow mottling. Beneath pale yellowish-brown. About 16 well-defined cross-lines in 5 mm. of sole, with many smaller lines. = No. 4. 5? Penis considerably twisted ; filiform glands 32. Length (in alch.) 49 mm., breadth 16, of sole 6. Female orifice 28°7 (-57 of total length) from head, 2 mm. from sole. Head retracted. JZautle dirty brownish-yellow, _ with an ill-defined median line. Beneath pale yellowish- brown, sole very slightly darker. Cross-lines of sole numerous, regular and well-defined. = No. 11. b* Penis twisted, rr mm. Jong; filiform glands 47. Length (in alch.) 493 mm., breadth 16, of sole 6. Female orifice 26 mm. (‘52 of total length) from head, 2 mm. from sole. Head retracted. Jantle dirty browntsh-yellow, with a well-defined median-line, and ll- defined darker mottling. Beneath pale yellowish-brown, sole slightly darker. Cross-lines of sole numerous, irregular. = No. ro. 28 COCKERELL: ON THE JAMAICAN SPECIES OF VERONICELLA: DD. Filiform glands 6 mm. long. a. Length (in alch.) 52 mm., breadth os mm., breadth of sole 7 mm. ; female orifice 29 mm. (‘55 of total length) from head, from sole 1} mm. Colour—mantle above fale coffee brown, with ill-defined pale. median dine, dark bands barely indicated towards posterior end. Ill-defined greyish marking all over. Beneath pale coffee brown, paler than above, sole of same colour. Mantle rugulose, finely granular. About 34 cross lines in ro mm. of sole, intermediate small lines obscure, more than one between each two principal lines. Filiform glands 26 in number. | Penis cylindrical, twisted, end bulbous, orifice terminal, length nearly 9 mm., 2 retractors penis. Duct of receptaculum seminis 11 mm. long. = No. 1. 6. Length (in alch.) 36 mm., breadth 144 mm., breadth of sole 6 mm., female orifice 20 mm. (‘55 of total length), from soler mm. Mantle above, mo/tled with dark brown and dirty yellow, no median line. Beneath pale coffee brown, sole same colour. Cross lines of sole deep and well defined, about 10 in ten mm. of sole with many small intermediate lines, lines quite irregular. Filiform glands 34 in number. Penis straight, cylindrical end bulbous, orifice terminal, length 44 mm., retractors 2. Noy 7: E. Filiform glands about 5} mm. long, and 24 or 25 in number, the inner ones shorter. Penis retractor single, rather short and stout. Penis much curved, when straightened measuring about 8 mm. Receptaculum seminis with a convoluted duct, about 11 mm. long.’ Length (in alch.) 37 mm. ; alternating strong and weak cross-lines on sole, 50 strong ones in to mm. of sole. Found in Kingston by Mr. J. J. Bowrey. This slug has bands, but no pale middle-line. = No. 21. F. Filiform glands about 5} mm. long, and 24 in number. Length (in alch.) 42 mm. ; sole breadth 4 mm. ; female orifice 24 mm. from head, 1 mm. from sole. JZantle with spots, but no bands. Jaw dark, ribs weak. Found in Kingston by Mr. Bowrey. = No. 24. G. Filiform glands 5 mm. long. a. Filiform glands in a short thick tuft, about 19 in number. Penis 7 mm. long, with a short retractor. Receptaculum seminis globular, dark grey-brown, 5 mm. diam., with a convoluted duct about 10 mm. long. COCKERELL :: ON: THE JAMAICAN SPECIES OF VERONICELLA. 29 Length 39 mm., breadth 94, breadth of sole 3%; female orifice 13 mm. from sole, 21 mm. (°53 of total length) from head. A/antle dark above, with obscured spots, underside whitish, in strong contrast. Apparently viviparous. Found in Kingston by Mr. Bowrey. = No. 20. 6. Filiform glands 36, two of them branched. Penis 8} mm. long. Length (in alch.) 42 mm., breadth 113, of sole 5 ; female orifice 25 mm. (*59 of total length) from head, 1 from sole. Mantle mottled dirty black and brownish yellow, with an ill-defined median line; beneath pale yellowish-brown, sole concolorous. Cross-lines of sole irregular, small = No. 13. ¢c. Filiform glands 38. Penis 10 mm. long. Length (in alch.) 42 mm., breadth 13, of sole 5; female orifice 23 mm. (‘54 of total length) from head, 1 from sole. Mantle, mottled dirty brown and yellow, with a well-defined median line. Cross-lines of sole regular, about 20 in 5 mm. length of sole. = No. 18. H. Filiform glands 43 mm. long, 31 in number. Length (in alch.) 38 mm., breadth 12 mm., of sole 44 mm. ; female orifice 224 mm. (56 of total length) from head, from sole 1 mm. Mantle above, dirty brown with a well-defined lighter coloured median line. Beneath pale coffee brown, sole same colour. Sole with the cross lines numerous, small, and fairly regular. Penis somewhat recurved, cylindrical, end bulbous, length 8 mm., two retractors. = No. 17. J. Filiform glands 4 mm. long: no well-defined middle-line on mantle. a. Filiform glands about 20, in a short thick bundle. Penis retractors two, divergent at an angle of about 30 degrees, connected by a membrane; penis about 12 mm. long, cylindrical. Receptaculum seminis with a convoluted duct about ro mm. long. The two footnerves widely apart opposite the female orifice. Length (in alch.) 384 mm., female orifice 3? to 1 mm. from sole, °54 to ‘58 of total length from head. Mantle above dark, mottling and middle-line obscure. Apparently viviparous. Found in Kingston by Mr. Bowrey. = No. 22. 6. Filiform glands 31, several of them branched ; penis 8 mm. long, retractor single. Length (in aleh.) 43 mm., breadth 12 mm., of sole 4 mm. ; female orifice 24 mm.(755 of total length) from head, 1 mm. 30 HEDLEY: ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE SLUG LIST. from sole. Mantle mottled blackish and brownish-yellow, with an ill-defined median line. Cross-lines of sole irregular. = No. 14. ¢. Filiform glands 35, two of them branched ; two penis retractors, penis 13 mm. long. Length (in alch.) 37 mm., breadth ro mm., of sole 43 mm. ; female orifice 21 mm. (*56 of total length) from head, 1 mm. from sole. Colour as in the last. Cross-lines of sole fairly regular. = No. 16. d. Filiform glands 36 ; two penis retractors, penis much twisted, g mm. long. Length (in alch.) 50 mm., breadth 17 mm., of sole 6 mm. ; female orifice 28 mm. (*56 of total length) from head, 2 mm. from sole. Colour above dark brown, no well-defined middle-line, but distinct mottling. = No. 3. J. Filiform glands 35 mm. long, number 33. Length (in alch.) 71 mm., breadth 22 mm., of sole 9g mm. ; female orifice from head 38 mm. (‘54 total length), from sole 24 mm. Colour of mantle dark brown, with well-defined mottled appearance of greyish yellow and pale median line, beneath pale yellowish brown, sole concolorous. About 14 well-defined cross-lines in 5 mm. of sole, with many smaller intermediate ones. Retractors, penis two, blue in colour. Penis straight cylindrical, end bulbous, orifice terminal, length 104 mm. = No. 2. ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE SLUG LIST. No, IT: By C, HEDLEY, F.L:S:; Australian Museum, Sydney. THE closing pages of “The Conchologist” invited comments under the above title. So I avail myself of the opportunity to remark that Prof. Cockerell’s exhaustive list of the names that have been applied to various kinds of slugs represents a labour only to be appreciated by those who are used to the search of literature. Its value is considerable and its use to students manifold. Affording another instance of what Mill called the tendency of mankind to mistake words for things, it is to be hoped that this huge and cumbersome mass of synonyms may serve the purpose of an HEDLEY : ADDITIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE SLUG LIST. 31 impaled rook in a cornfield, and frighten, by so shocking an example, later naturalists from inventing more names to be thus gibbeted. Every name being but a symbol for the thing it stands for, should be fully explained upon its first appearance. . ‘Notes ony the Anatomy of Lulimus glaber,” by S. Pace. NOTES. Limax maximus in the City of Mexico. Dr. A. Duges has just sent me a good specimen of ZL. maximus, marked ** Ville de Mexico.” This is a new locality, but of course it is an introduction. The example is of fair size, blackish, with three pale ochreous lines down the back ; the mantle is uniformly blackish except for some pale marbling near its anterior edge; the sole is uniformly pale ochreous. While on the subject of Z. maxzmas, I may draw attention to an error in the Check-List. The peculiar variety éze/z7, with red slime, should be credited to Seibert instead of to Simroth, being the same thing as Z. die/z7, Seib., No. 52 of the Check-List.—T. D. A. CocKERELL, Las Cruces, N. Mexico, March 18th. CURRENT LITERATURE. In order to make the following Bibliography as complete as. possible, the Editor invites the co-operation of British and foreign authors. All communications should be addressed to the Editor, the “Journal of Malacology,” Mason College, Birmingham, England. MALACOLOGY IN GENERAL. Hickson, Sidney J.—The Fauna of the Deep Sea. London; Kegan Paul. pp. 1.-xil., and 1-169, illustrated. Dr. Hickson’s little book will be read with pleasure by all interested in zoology. It is full of interest, delightfully written, and well printed and illustrated. The references to the Mollusca are as follows :—Pages 62-3 and p. 119, Colour of Deep-sea Molluscs; pp. 71-2, Eyes of Deep-sea Molluscs; p. 83, on the absence of lime in bathybial Molluscs. Pelseneer, Paul.—Introduction a l’Etude des Mollusques, 8°, Bruxelles, 1894, 216 pp., 146 text illust. [Extrait des Mém. Soc. R. Malac. Belgique _ (1892), xxvil. J Malacologists generally will be greatly indebted to Dr. Pelseneer for this. most admirable text-book, which summarises for them the principal points in the anatomy of the chief groups and even families of the Mollusca. Unfortunately it is only brought down to the beginning of 1892, having been prepared for that year’s volume of the ‘‘ AZemotres de la Société Royale Mala- cologique we Belgique,” which society must be held responsible for the delay, and consequent depreciation of the work, now two years old ; indeed, their volume from which it professes to have been extracted has not yet been issued. Fortunately for the author, this delay has not proved so serious as might have been expected, and any modifications necessary will doubtless be made in future editions ; what these modifications may be, the student can readily gather for himself by consulting the annual volumes of the Zoological Record. The ‘‘ Introduction” is, of course, written purely from a zoological and not from a mere conchological point of view. It begins with a summary of the 38 CURRENT LITERATURE. structure, &c., of the Mollusca as a whole, and then deals with each class or sub- class, beginning with the Amphineura and ending with Cephalopoda, and giving . a succinct account under each, of its—(1) Morphology, (2) ‘‘ Ethiologie”’ or, as we should say, Bionomics, (3) Bibliography, and (4) Systematic Arrangement. The book abounds in illustrations in the text, very many of them being quite new. In the future editions, which we feel sure will be soon required, they will probably be printed darker and so show to more advantage, while we would suggest that the numbers used to indicate the several parts or organs should be made to correspond ; it is rather trying, when comparing several illustrations, to have to remember that some portion, say the gill, is No. v. in one figure, xi. in the next, xiii. in the third, and so on. It is a work to get and to read carefully before relegating it to one’s shelves for future reference. —(BV7?). Pilsbry, H. A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. i., pt. 58; ser. ii., pt. 34. Philadelphia. Academy of Natural Sciences. In the Marine series, part 58 completes the monograph of the Polyplacophora. In noticing the completion we may ask why the group is not called Polyplaxiphora ‘since this was Blainville’s original term? If it is necessary to amend this name, why then should Mr. Pilsbry use Gray’s generic name of Plax7phora? Either Blainville was right and his name should be used, or he was wrong, and then Gray’s generic name requires emendation. In noticing the Land series, it is impossible in our space to consider the sub- generic names; we shall therefore only note the genera. This part continues Pyramidula, and Patula is used only for the North American forms on the ground of the priority of the former. We then pass through Pararhytida to Physanophora, then to Sagda, of which a key is provided ; this would be of more use if .S. jayana and S. daminifera did not appear in more than one section of it. Zaphysema is a new genus (type /e/ix tenerrima, C. B. Ad.) for some Jamaican species. Next to Praticolella and on to Polygyra, with its numerous sections. Then through Polygyrella and Polyzyratia to Pleurondonte, which latter is resurrected to contain Caracolus, Isomeria, and other groups. Finally through Camena and Obda to Planispira.—E. R. S. STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT. Wiaeey. v ° ‘ Babor, J., and Kostal, J.—Prispévky ku poznani poméru pohl u nékterych Limicidu. Sitz. Gesel. d. wiss Math.-Nat. Prag., 1893, pp. 1-7, T. xx. An exceedingly interesting paper and very carefully illustrated. The authors have compared a number of specimens of Agriolimax and Malacolimax ; and figures are given of what are termed new species, but they are as yet unnamed. We would suggest before naming and describing as new species, that the exact form of the generative organs should be noted in both in and out of the breeding season, as many of the differences seem capable of being accounted for by distension, &c., rather than true morphological distinctions. —W. E. C. ‘Collinge, Walter E.—The Myology of some Pulmonate Moll. considered as a distinctive feature in the discrimination of genera, &c. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. 1, pp. 52-54. ‘Collinge, Walter E.—The Anatomy and Description of a new Species of Avion. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1894, vol. xili., pp. 66-7, pl. v. A. Description of a new species found at Wainsgrove, Somersetshire, by Mr. E. W. Swanton. Arion elongatus, sp. nov. ‘‘ Head and tentacles blackish, the latter slightly lighter than the head. Centre of mantle marked with a pyreforme mass of deep black, bounded on either side by a narrow yellowish-grey line, below by a deep black band which gradually shades off into a yellowish-grey. Whole of dorsal surface a deep black, bounded, like the mantle, by a yellowish-grey line, then CURRENT LITERATURE, 39 a deep black band, which shades off into a yellowish-grey. Foot-fringe yellow with sepia lineoles. Sole yellowish ; lateral planes distinct from medium plane, which latter is marked in a dendritic manner and slightly lighter in colour. Rugee large and flat. Respiratory orifice distinct. Keel absent, the back being almost flat. Length alive, 24 mm. ; length in alcohol, 15 mm.; length of mantle in alcohol, 5 mm.” The principal anatomical characters are :—the absence of any sharp distinction between sperm-duct and vas deferens, the enormous size of the free oviduct, which dilates into a sac-like body at about a third of its length, and then constricting passes into a pouch-like portion to which the retractor muscle is attached. Haller, B.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Placophoren. Morph. Jahrb., 1894, xxi., pp. 28-39, T. ii. Koford, C. A.—On Some Laws of Cleavage in Zzmax. Proc. Acad. N.S., Phil., 1894, pp. 180-203, pls. 1-2. This is a preliminary communication giving the results of a study of cleavage in ZLimax. A number of very interesting results have already been obtained, which we regret want of space forbids us recapitulating. Lillie, F. R.—Preliminary account of the Embryology of Unio complanata. Journ. Morph., 1893, vol. vill., pp. 569-78, pl. xxviii. Some preliminary remarks on the segmentation and gastrulation. The work has been undertaken with the two following objects, of which fuller details are promised in a later paper :—(1) ‘‘ To settle definitely the question of the origin of the germ layers in the Uzzontde, and (2) to extend the cytogenetic method in embryological research to the class of the Lamellibranchs. Nabias, M. B. de.—Recherches Histolog. et Organologiques sur les centres nerveux des Gastropodes. Act. L. Soc. Bordeaux, 1894, xlvii., pp. 11-202, pls. i.-v. Nobre, Augusto.—Observacoes sobre o systema nervoso e affinidades zoologicas de alguns pulmonados terrestres. Ann. de Sci. Nat., Porto, 1894, vol. 1., pp. 17-20 and 75-78, pl. iii. We shall have occasion ata later date to review this interesting paper in some detail, so will merely note that the present parts contain an introduction and an admirable account and figure of the nervous system of Arion lusitandcus, Mab. Suter, Henry.—On the Dentition of e/a durnupi, Melvill and Ponsonby. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1894, vol. xiii., pp. 60-1., pl. v. B. VARIATION. Carrington, John T.—Four Abnormal Shells. Sci. Goss., 1894, p. 64, 4 figs. Mason, P. B.—Variation in the Shells of the Mollusca. Journ. Conch., 1894, pp. 328-46. Taylor, J. W.—Abnormal Clausilia perversa. Lbid., p. 327. Taylor, J. W.—Succinea oblonga, m. sinistrorsum. Tbid., p. 367. CLASSIFICATION, NOMENCLATURE, NEW GENERA AND SPECIES. Ancey, C. F.—Sur quelques espéces de Moll. et sur un genre nouv. du lac Tanganyika. Bull. Soc. Zool., France, 1894, vol. xix., p. 28. Lechaptotsia is a new name for Horea, Smith, 1889 (zon Bourg., 1888). Ancey, C. F.—Etudes sur Ja Faune des iles Sandwich: Monog. du genre Carelia et description @un Microcystis. nouv. Mem. Soc. Zool., France, 1894, vol. vi., pp. 321-30. 40 CURRENT LITERATURE. Boettger, O.—Die Binnenschnecken der griechischen Inseln Cerigo und Cerigotto. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp. I-12. Boettger, O.—Einer neuer Amfphidromus aus Borneo. Jbid., pp. 66-7. Clessin, S.—Beschreibung neuer Arten aus der Umgebung des Issykkul-See’s. Lbid., pp. 64-6. Crosse, H. et Fischer, P.—Diag. Moll. novi, Republicee Mexicanz incol, Journ. de Conchy., 1893, p- 179. Dautzenberg, Ph.—Moll. nouv. recueillis au Tonkin. Jé¢d., pp. 157-65, pl. vil.-viii. Dautzenberg, Ph.—Descr. d’un Moll. nouv., provenant du Congo Francais. Lbid., pp. 166-7, pt. of pl. viii. Drouét, H.—Unionidie nouv. ou peuconnus. Lbzd., pp. 167-8. Ford, J.—Some Final Remarks Relative to Cyprea greegori. Naut., 1894, vol, vii., pp. 130-1. Mr. Ford is evidently of opinion that rude personalities strengthen his argument. Such trivial and childish nonsense reflects no credit on the writer, editor, or paper. Hedley, Charles.—A new Papuina. Jbid., p. 136, fig. Marshall, J. T.—Additions to ‘‘ British Conchology.” Journ. Conch, 1894, p- 379- Melvill, J. Cosmo.—-Descr. of a new species of Zxgzna from the Loyalty Is. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., p. 51, fig. Morlet, L.—Descrs. d’ espéces nouv., provenant de I’ Indo-Chine. Journ, de Conchy., 1893, pp. 153-7, pl. vi. Pfeiffer, Carl.—Kleine Reiseergebnisse. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel, 1894, pp. 68-71. Pilsbry, H. A.—Notice of New Chitons, I. Naut., 1894, vol. vii.; pp. 107-8. Pilsbry, H. A.—A new species of Patella. bid., p. 109. Pilsbry, H. A.—Notice of new Chiton, II. Zézd., pp. 119-20. Pilsbry, H. A.—Notice of new Chiton, III. Jézd., pp. 138-9. Pilsbry, H. A.—Descriptive Notes on certain forms of VPolygyra. Jbid., p- 139-41. Pilsbry, H. A.—Notices on new Japanese Mollusks, I. /d/d., pp. 143-4. Ponsonby, J. H., and Sykes, E. R.—Two new Land Shells from Tenerife. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., p. 55, 2 figs. Ponsonby, J. H.—On a new species of He/ix from the Khasi Hills. Zézd., p- 56, fig. Quadras, J. F. and Moellendorff, O. F. v.—Diagnoses specierum novarum ex insulis Philippinis. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp. 81-121. Forty-seven new species! All unfigured, and none of them compared with their allies. It is to be hoped that shortly no new species will be accepted in such difficult genera as for example Omphalotropis, without figures or at all events more than a bare Latin diagnosis. Species published as these are without any indication of where the types are and without sufficient explanation to render them identifiable should be rejected as ‘‘ insufficiently described.”—E. R. S. Smith, Edgar A.—Land and Freshwater Shells from British Central Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1893 (1894), pp. 632-41, pl. lix. The specimens came from Lake Mweru, L. Tanganyika, and L. Nyasa, and are the earliest recorded from the first of these lakes. Only one (Zavéstes ovunt) CURRENT LITERATURE. Al of the nine species from L. Mweru appears to have been previously described. We are pleased to see that Mr. Smith unites Bourguignat’s 26 species of Pliodon into one. The new species are Hnmea, 2; Aeltx (Pella), 1; Viviparus, 2; Cleopatra, 2; Melania, 4; Physa, 1; Unto, i. Smith, Edgar A.—Descrs. of two new species of Shells of the Genus Zzmea. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1893 (1894), pp. 642-3, figs. Smith, Edgar A.—A reply to ‘‘Some (Responsive) Remarks Relative to Cyprea greegort, Ford.” Naut., 1894, vol. vii., p. 102. Smith, Edgar A.—On some new species of Shells from New Zealand and Australia. Proc. Malac. Soc., Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 57-60, pl. vii., figs. 1-7. Sowerby, G. B.—On a specimen of Xenophora pallidula, Reeve, with new species of Plearotoma. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., p. 38, pl. iv., fig. il. Sowerby, G. B.—On Three New Species of Shells from Deep-sea Dredging in the Indian Ocean. Jdza., pp. 39-40, pl. v., pt. of. Sowerby, G. B.—Descrs. of 12 new species, chiefly from Mauritius. JZézd., pp- 41-44, pt. of pl. iv. Sowerby, G. B.—New Shells from Mauritius. /2¢d¢., pp. 45-47, pt. of pl. iv. Sowerby, G. B.—Descrs. of three new species of Amfullaria. Tbid., pp. 48-49, pt. of pl. iv. Sowerby, G. B.—Note on Volwla bednalii, Brazier. Lbid., p. 49, pl. v., figs. 1-2. Sykes, E. R.—Notes on the British Chitons. éz¢., pp. 35-37, pl. ili. Thiele, J.—Ueber die Zungen einiger Landdeckelschnecken. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp. 23-5. Rolleia, Crosse, is a subgenus of Choanopoma. Pseudocyclotus is a new genus (type s20ve-hiberniw, Quoy); from the radula it is near Osphalotropis, but differs in the operculum. Cyathofoma is near here rather than in Cyclophorus ; as also Garrettia, Cyclotopsis is nearer Cyclophorus than Cyclostoma, according to the radula.—E. R. S PHYSIOLOGY, HABITS AND CONDITIONS OF LIFE. Carrington, J. T.—Hibernation of Helix aspersa. Sci. Goss., 1894, p. 50. Gude, G. K —Oviposition of some Helices. /d¢d., p. 11. Guppy, R. J. L.—Notes on the Moll. used as food in Trinidad. Proc. Vict. Inst. Trinidad, i., pp.-27-31. Sinel, Joseph.—On the Locomotion of the Mollusca. Journ. Mar. Zool. and Micros., 1894, vol. i., pp. 31-2. SPECIAL FAUNA AND DISTRIBUTION. Abercrombie, A.—Common Shells of Bombay shore (pt. 2). Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., viii., pp. 335-45. Bailey, M.—Cuttle Fish at Flamborough. Nat., 1894, p. 60. Bucquoy, E., Dautzenberg, Ph., and Dollfus, G.—Les Moll. Marins du Roussillon. Tome II., f. viii.-ix., pp. 321-450, pl. 52-67. Caziot, —.—Catal. des Moll. vivants d. Environs d’ Avignon. Mem. I’ Acad. Vaucluse, xil., pp. 308-65. An instalment of a fauna on the new French plan. When it is finished nearly every specimen near Avignon will have a name to itself. 42 CURRENT LITERATURE. Chaster, G. W., and Heathcote, W. H.—A contr. toward a L. of the M. Moll. and Brach. of the neigh. of Oban. Journ. Conch., 1894, pp. 289-312. Cockerell, T. D. A.—A List of the Brachiopoda, Pelecypoda, Pteropoda, and Nudibranchiata of Jamaica, living and fossil. Naut., 1894, vol. vil., pp. 103-7 and 113-18. Cockerell, T. D. A.—The Entomology of the Mid-Alpine Zone of Custer Co., Colorado. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 1893, vol. xx., pp. 305-70. List of characteristic Mollusca on p. 308, other references on pp. 314-17. Dall, W. H.—On the species of A/actra from California. Naut., 1894, vol. vii., pp. 136-8, pl. v. Daniel, A. T.—Aydrobia jenkins/, Smith, in an inland locality. Journ. Conch., 1894, p. 325. Farrer, W. J.—Mollusca of the Lake District. Sci. Goss., 1894, pp. 58-60. Gardner, A. H.—Remarks on Astyris gouldiana. Naut., 1894, vol. vii., pp. 141-2. Goldfuss, O.—Beitrag zur Mollusken-fauna d. Mansfelder seen und deren Nachster Umgebung. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp. 43-64. Hawell, J.—Rissoa chastelii, Nyst. Sci. Goss., 1894, p. 21. Hedley, Charles.—Note on the Relation of the L. Moll. of Tasmania and New Zealand. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1894, pp. 442-3. Hedley, Charles.—Gundlachia; a Victorian desiderata. Vict. Nat., vol. x., p- 148. Herdman, W. A.-—Seventh Ann. Rpt. L’pool. Mar. Biol. Comm., 1894, vol. vii., p. 56, pls. 1.-v. Kew, H. Wallis.—Zimnca glutinosa in Lincolnshire. WNat., 1894, p. 68. Milne, J. G., and Oldham, Charles.—The Moll. Fauna of the Bowden Dist. of ° Cheshire. Journ. Conch., 1894, pp., 313-25. ; Moss, Wm.—Cylindrecia trinitaria and Radula of Ampullaria urceus, Miill. Sci. Goss., 1894, p. 14. Nobre, Aug.—Sur la faune malacologique des iles de S$. Thomé et de Madere. Ann. de Sci. Nat., Porto, 1894, vol. 1., pp. 91-4, pl. v. Patterson, W. H.—Shell-Mounds at Rosapenna, Nth. Donegal. Irish Nat., 1894, vol. ilil., pp. 49-51, pl. i. Phillips, R. A.—Ayadinia helvetica, Blum. ; an addition to the Irish Fauna. Tbid., pp. 45-6. P[ilsbry]., H. A.—Adcyna. Naut., 1894, vol. vii., p. 108. Praegar, R. Lloyd.—Fauna of Mulroy Bay, Donegal, Irish Nat., 1894, vol. iii., pp. 113-14. Records amongst others Lema hians, Montacuta bidentata, Panopea plicata, Odostomia rufa (type), Cyclostrema nitens, Utriculus truncatulus. Raymond, W. J.—The Californian Species of the genus Wedtalina, Naut., 1894, vol. vil., pp. 133-4. Sargent, H. E.—Shell Collecting in Northern Alabama. Naut., 1894, vol. vii., pp. 121-2. Sargent, H. E.— 72/o/oma in the Tennessee Drainage. did., p. 130. Simpson, Chas. T.—Notes on Collecting Shells in Jamaica. dzd., pp. 110-13. Smith, Edgar A.—On the Land Shells of the Sulu Archipelago. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1894, vol. xiii., pp. 48-60, pl. iv. CURRENT LITERATURE. 43 Smith, Edgar A.—On the Ofisthostome of Borneo. Sci. Goss., 1894, pp. 5-6. Sowerby, G. B.—Marine Shells of South Africa. Journ. Conch., 1894, pp- 368-78. Stearns, R. E. C.—Notes on recent collections of N. Amer. L. F. and M. Shells. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvi., pp. 743-55. Step, E.—Planorbis nautzlews in Surrey. Sci. Goss., 1894, p. 45- Stupakoff, S. H.—L. and F. W. S. of Allegheny Co., Pa. Naut., 1894, vol. vii., pp. 135-6. Suter, Henry.—Notes on some New Zealand L. and F. W. Moll. Zdid., pp- 122-25. Suter, Henry.—Prelim. Notes on the Relations between the He/icide of New Zealand, Tasmania, and S. Africas Ann. Mag. N. H., 1894, vol. xiii., pp. 61-5. Swanton, E. W.—Conchology (Mollusca in January). Nat. Journ., 1894, vol. 1., pp. 96-7. Swanton, E. W.— Vertigo edentula in Somerset. /bzd., pp. 97-8. Swanton, E. W.—The Shells of Wychling. d¢d., pp. 109-12. Swanton, E. W.—Conchology (Notes for February). Zééd., p. 117. Swanton, E. W.—Southampton slugs. ézd., p. 137. Swanton, E. W.—Ze/ix arbustorum in Sth. Wilts. /677., pp. 137-8. Taylor, Geo. W.—Notes on a collecting trip to Departure Bay, Vancouver Is. Naut., 1894, vol. vii., pp. 100-2. Taylor, Geo. W.—Note on Patella kermadecensis, Pilsbry. Jbzd., pp. 142-3. Tomlin, Brockton.—Land Shells at the Giant’s Causeway. Irish Nat., 1894, vol. ili., pp. 67-8 Tomlin, Brockton.—/anthina rotundata, Leach. Brit. Nat., 1894, Walker, Bryant.—Shells of the Sagman Valley, Michigan. Naut., 1894, vol. vii., pp. 125-9. PALAEONTOLOGY. Aldrich, T. H.—New Tertiary Fossils from Red Bluff, Mississippi. Naut., 1894, vol. vii., pp. 97-99, pl. 1x. Brodie, ©. B.—On the discovery of Molluscs in the Upper Keuper at Shrewley, in Warwickshire. Q. J. Geol. Soc., 1894, p. 170. Brusina, S,—Note prélim. sur le group des Aphanoty/us nouv. gen. de Gastropode de Il’ horizon a Lyrceea, &c. Journ. de Conchy., 1893, pp- 179-87. Brusina, S.—Note prélim. sur le groupe des Aphanotylus, &c. Soc. His. Nat. Croatica, Zagreb, vi., 1894, pp. 24, 1 Brusina, S.—Die fossile fauna von Dubovac bei Karlstadt in Kroatien. Jahrb. d. K. K. Geol. Reich., 1893, pp. 369-76, T. vi. Etheridge, R.—An operculum from the Lilydale limestone. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. vi., pp. 150-56, pl. ix. Fiebelkorn, M.—Die norddeutschen geschiebe der oberen Juraformation. Zeit. Deutsch. Geol. Gesel , vol. xlv., pp. 378-450, 10 pls. Mollusca, pp. 395-429, many new species. Futterer, C.—Ueber Hippuriten von Nabresina, /dzd., pp. 477-88. . 44 CURRENT LITERATURE. Harris, G. F.—On the Discovery of a Pteropod in British Eocene Strata; with the descr. of a new species. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 61-2, fig. Hall, T. S., and Pritchard, G. B.—Notes on the Eocene Strata of the Bellarine Peninsula. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. vi., pp. 1-23, pl. 1. Koenen, A. v.—Ueber die Unter-oligoceene Fauna der Mergel von Burgas. Sitz. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Mat. Nat. Cl. Abth. I. Bd. cii., pp. 179-89. Mojsisovics von Mojsvar, E.—Die Cephalopoden der Hallstatter Kalke. Abhandl. K. K. Geol. Reich., vi. Hft. 2, pp. x. 835, atlas, 130 pls. Very many new sections, genera, and species are apparently described, but the author does not, unfortunately, indicate them in the customary way, so that a good deal of research is necessary to discover them. Newton, R. B., and Harris, G. F.—A Revision of the British Eocene Scaphopoda, with descr. of some new species. Proc. Malac. Soc., Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 62-9, pl. vi., fig. 1. Newton, R. B., and Harris, G. F.—Descr. of some new or little-known Shells of Pulmonate Moll. from the Oligocene and Eocene formations of England. Tbid., pp. 70-7, pl. vi. Parent, H.—Sur une nouv. espéce d’Ammonite [Hoplites janneli] du Gault. Ann. Soc. Géol. Nord., vol. xxi., pp. 265-70. Praeger, R. Lloyd.—Palzontological Notes. Irish Nat., 1894, vol. iii., pp. 17-8. Sarasin, C.—Etudes sur les Ofelia du groupe du Wisus et le Sonneratia du groupe du dzcurvatus et du raresulcatus. Bull. Soc. Géol., France, vol. xxi., pp- 149-64, 3 pl. and figs. in text. Sherborn, C. Davis.—On the Date of Sowerby’s Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1894, pp. 370-1. Tate, R.—The Gasteropods of the older Tertiaries of Australia (pt. iv.). Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aust., vol. xvii., pp. 316-45, pl. vi.-x. Toula, F.—Der Jura im Balkan nordlich von Sofia. Sitz. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Mat. Nat. Cl. Ablh. 1. Bd. cii, pp. 191-206, 2 pls. Woehrmann, S. v.—Die Raibler Schichten. Jahrb. K. K. Geol. Reich. Wien. Bd. xliii., pp. 617-768. Mollusca, pp. 650-88, figs. Phipocardia (Cyprinide), Diplochilus (Trochide) n. gen. BIOGRAPHICAL. Girard, A.—Necrologia: Arthur Morelet. Ann. de Sci. Nat. Porto., 1894, vol. i., pp. 49-51. EDITOR’S NOTES. Mr. Walter Garstang, M.A., Naturalist on the Plymouth Staff of the Marine Biological Association, has recently been elected to a Research Fellowship at Lincoln College, Oxford. We regret to hear that Mons. A. Locard has written a work on the terrestrial Mollusca of France. We trust it may not prove as useless as his earlier works in the same series as the Marine, Brackish, and Freshwater Mollusca. Copies of the original descriptions and figures of the Slugs continue to come in from various parts. Will some American student kindly lend assistance ? THE JOURNALS OF MALACOROGY: NOTE ON ARION CITRINUS, WESTERLUND. By JOSEREY EF. BABOR: University of Prague. (Pl. 1, figs. 1-5.) In August, 1891, I had been in Misdroy on the Wollin Island, and I was fortunate to find amongst numerous specimens of Avion Juscus, O. F. Miller, one of A. citrinus, Westerl., and as the systematic relations of this form are not as yet definitely established, I will here give the results of the dissection of the above-mentioned specimen. I should state that the real vazson a étre of this paper is a note in a paper by Collinge’ for a copy of which I am indebted to the author's liberality. In its external appearance and the form of the radula my specimen agrees with Westerlund’s diagnosis’; it will, therefore, be unnecessary to here repeat it. The anatomy of the digestive and nervous systems, and of the mantle complex show the relations common to the genus Avion. Of the reproductive system I will give a more detailed description. The gonade (hermaphrodite gland, ovotestis) is small, ovoid, and of a dark colour, the hermaphrodite 1 Conchologist, 1893, vol. il., pp. 113-17 2 Exposé crit., 1871. JouRNAL oF Macaco.ocy, Vol. iil., No. 3. 406 BABOR : NOTE ON ARION CITRINUS, WESTERLUND. duct is rather short and convoluted several times at the end. The albumen gland and ovisperm duct are similar in appearance to those found in fuscus and subfuscus, Drap., but the terminal ducts are rather remarkable. The rather long vas-deferens (sperm-duct, Scharff) passes in the middle of its length into the portion of the penis in which the spermatophore is formed (=the Patronenstrecke of Simroth? and sperm-duct of Collinge)*® entering with its rounded end into the atrium (vestibule) together with the receptacular duct. The receptaculum seminis has a rounded ampulla (head of recep- taculum seminis) which is closely connected with the ovispermduct at the point of its division. The duct is long and thin, expanding suddenly at its base. The free oviduct is short and muscular, so that from its beginning it is rather thick and: only becomes larger towards the orifice ; in almost its first third there is a small protuber- ance to which is attached one slip of the retractor muscle, which soon joins with the other slip inserted on the ampulla of the receptaculum seminis. ‘The wall of the oviduct forms on its inner side two strong and two weaker longitudinal thickenings; these in the upper half are divided into a greater number of thinner ones, but pass along the whole-length of the free oviduct. In this respect citrinus differs from fuscus, which has the upper half or third of the oviduct—viz., above the insertion of the retractor muscle—thin ; membraneous and without the inner thickenings (Laingswiilste Simroth), which in /wscus are developed in the lower part only— viz., beneath the insertion—and that in a reduced number of two (fuscus and drunneus, Lehmann) or at most three, the additional one being very weak (rarely in /wscws, common in swvb/uscis). One may be inclined to consider this formation of the oviduct as a standard of the development of the genital organs, which, as I have convinced myself,** are undergoing, according to the phases of the sexual function, rather remarkable modifications, even in animals which have reached their full size. But I cannot accept this explanation, for numerous specimens of /wscws collected at the same time with this c//x7mus fully agreed with it in the develop- ment and size of the individual organs, so that it was impossible to observe in any of them (or in the described cz/x7mus) a pre- % Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. 1885, Bd. 42. * Conchologist 1892, vol. 11., pp. 55-€6. 5 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1893, vol. xil., pp. 252-4. © Sitz. Gesel. d. wiss. Math.-Nat. Prag., 1893. 7 Verghl. d. Deutsch. Zoo]. Gesel. Leipzig, 1894. BABOR : NOTE ON ARION CITRINUS, WESTERLUND. 47 ponderance of the one sex above the other. From this I should infer that the above-mentioned condition of the oviduct is characteristic of cé¢rinus only ; unfortunately, the whole description is from one specimen only. ‘This character is, of course, in no way sufficient for a species, but for a variety of the typical fwscus, as Pollonera* and Collinge’ have already suggested; but it seems to me that there are already too many unnecessary species of the subjuscus group, and that an endeavour should be made to reduce them to a few characteristic species. In this case c7trinus would probably deserve the rank of a subvariety of swéfuscus, and fuscus as a variety, for I must agree with the opinions of Simroth’ and Collinge,® that there are not sufficient grounds to rank /uscus as an independent species. A. subfuscus, there can be little doubt, is a good species, both from its external appearance, especially its Zarge size, described by Pollonera,"* and from its anatomy, especially the form of the oviduct, so clearly stated by Collinge’ and figured by Scharff.”* I will finally add that the var. dve¢igert, Poll., of fuscus is always characterised anatomically by a short receptaculum that hardly reaches to the ovisperm duct, and does not grow with it, as we find in subfuscus and fuscus, which character Pollonera figures," but makes no mention of it in the text, although it is constant and rather significant. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I. Illustrating Mr. Joseph Babor’s paper, ‘‘ Note on Arion citrinus, Westerlund.” Fig. 1.—Reproductive organs of Avzon citrinus, Westerl. 2 Fig. 2.—Their terminal ducts from the opposite side. 22 Fig. 3.—Inside portion of the oviduct in part x x fig. 2. Fig. 4.—The terminal ducts of the typical /wscus, Mill Fig. 5.—The terminal ducts of A. fuscus v. boettgert, Poll. S Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, 1890. ® Conchologist, 1893, vol. ii., pp 113-17. BONIEOGy Cit. 11 Atti della R. Acc. d. Sci. Torino, 1897. 12 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1894, vol. xiii., pp. 66-7, pl. v. A. 13 Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc., Ireland, 1801. ¥4 Abh. d. Naturf Vereine zu Bremen, 1884. 48 SYKES: TWO CLAUSILIZZ FROM SANGIR AND SUMBAWA. ON TWO CLAUSILIZ FROM SANGIR AND SUMBAWA. BY yok oMiebs. BeAc. Rezo. London. I HAVE recently had placed in my hands through the kindness of Lieut-Col. Godwin-Austen, two species of C/ausilia, collected by Mr. Doherty. ‘The-one from Sumbawa is, I believe, new, and I now describe it under the name of C. vecondita. The other, which comes from Sangir and the S. Celebes, is in my opinion a form of C. moluccensts, yon Marts. ; the finding of it in Sangir extends the specific range from the Molucca Is. and S. Celebes somewhat to the north. It is perhaps worthy of remark, as bearing on faunal relations, that the Sangir form is more nearly allied to the Molucca Is. form than to that from the Celebes, which, as Prof. von Martens has pointed out,’ is less strongly striated than the typical form from the islands which give their name to the species: it may be the variety majuscula, ‘Tapparone-Canefri.”, The Sum- bawa. shell, though a Pseuwdenenia, appears not to be very nearly related to any Javan species; the deeper water which is entered on between Bali and Lombock, on passing eastward from Java, probably accounts for the difference. The following is the description of C. recondita, which is chiefly remarkable for its single A/ica palatalts and very short plica principaits. Clausilia (Pseudonenia) recondita, sp. nov. Testa fusiformis, gracilis tenutuscula, cornea, nitens; spira elongato-turrita ; apex subacutus, non decollatus. Anfr. 10-11 plano-convexiuscult, lente accrescentes, sutura impressa, subtiliter striatult, ultimus angustior quam antepenultimus, 4 altitudints testae non a@guans. Apertura parva, pirtformis, bast recedens, peristoma continuum solutum, expansum, vix reflexum, leviter tncrassatulum, albtdum. Lamella superior obliqua, marginals ; inferior obliqua, spiraliter recedens, superiori approximata. Pica principalts brevis (2 millin. approx.), plica palatalis unica, 1 Von Martens in Max Weber; Zool. Ergebn. Reise. Niederlnd. Ind. 1891, Bd. 11, p. 245. 2 Ann. Mus. Genov. (1883), xx., p. 171. SMITH : NOTES ON THE SPECIES OF PALUDOMUS IN BORNEO. 49 1 plice principalis equans. Long. (spec. fig.) 18'8, lat. 3 millim. apert. alt. 3°5, lat. 2.5 millim. Long. (spec. max.) 21, lat. 3 millim.; apert. alt. 3°6, lat. 2°6 millim. Hab. : Tongo Mts., Sumbawa (Doherty). The name of these mountains appears to be also spelt Dongo, but the spelling varies with different authors, as indeed does that of nearly all the localities mentioned in this paper. The landshells known from Sumbawa are as follows :— Nanina rareguttata, Mousson. Also from Bali, Flores, &c. Fee aa } These appear to be peculiar to Sumbawa. * NV. nemorensis, Mull. Also from Lombok and the Celebes. * Amphidromus contrarius. Also from Flores, &c. Clausilia recondita. Peculiar to Sumbawa. NOTES ON THE SPECIES OF PALUDOMUS INHABITING BORNEO. Bae “TIOGA he SMD Isl 5 Ie Zasjor, Zoological Department, British Museum, London. I'IvE species of Paludomus from Borneo have already been described. Most of these present a very close family likeness ; indeed, two of them, P. /uteus, H. Adams, and P. more/ett, Issel, have already been united by Brot. This author’s P. zsseéz is a little larger, but lacks the fine decussation of the epidermis which is present in Zufeus. A. broti, Issel, is still larger and remarkable for its globose form and extensive aperture. A. /acunoides, Aldrich, attains even greater dimensions than 4. évo¢z, and is distinguished by a peculiar circum- scribed “ flattened semilunar space” on the left of the columella, beneath the umbilical region. It also, in young examples, exhibits colour bands, a feature which is not present in other Bornean species. A series of specimens presented to the British Museum by Mr. A. Everett, who also collected them in the Batang Lupar district of Sarawak, do not agree exactly with any of the forms referred to, and consequently it seems advisable, notwithstanding their evident relationship with P. ¢ssedz and P. dacunoides, to regard them as specifically distinct. * I give these on the authority of Dr. O. Boettger, zz ditt. 50 SMITH: NOTES ON THE SPECIES OF PALUDOMUS IN BORNEO. It is a case in which we must “lump” all the various forms, considering them as variations of one and the same species, or else divide them up as best we may. Unfortunately there is a difficulty which is constantly confronting the systematic zoologist. A gigantic “lumping” is unphilosophic, but a too minute “ splitting” is still worse. ‘The ‘‘ happy medium” is perhaps the safest course to tread, our decisions being the result of (as far as we can accomplish it) our careful and candid judgment. The Bornean species of Paludomus are as follows :— i. Paludomus lacunoides, Aldrich. P. lacunoides, Aldrich. Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., 1889, vol. xii., p. 23, pl. iii, figs. 1-1¢. Hab. : Borneo. The exact locality is not stated by Mr. Aldrich, but from the introductory remarks to his paper it is probable that this species occurs at the South-eastern part of the island. 2. Paludomus broti, Issel. P. broti, Issel. Ann. Mus. Civ. Storia Nat., 1874, vol. vi, D: 455, P< vil; Wes, 0,720: P. broti, Brot. Conch. Cab. (Paludomus), p. 32, pl. vii, figs. 12, 12a. Hab. : Sarawak. 3. Paludomus isseli, Brot. P. isselt, Brot. Op. cit., p: 33, pl vil., Hes. 7. Jas ©: Hab. : Sarawak. This species was founded on specimens which Issel originally referred to the Indian P. crassus, to which it bears a very close resemblance. 4. Paludomus luteus, H. Adams. P. luteus, H. Adams. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1874, p. 585, pl. lxix, figs. 5, 5a. P. luteus, Brot, partim. Op. cit., p. 46, pl. vill., figs. 11, 11a. Hab. : Borneo. Distinguished by its yellow decussated epidermis, and the slightly convex whorls being without any depression or constriction below the suture. 5. Paludomus moreleti, Issel. P. moreleti, Issel. Op. cit., p. 456, pl. vil., figs. 21, 22. P. luteus, Brot, partim. Op. cit., p. 46, pl. vill, figs. 14, 15. Hab. : Sarawak (Doria, Beccari, and Hose). COLLINGE: SPECIES OF LIMAX FROM IRELAND. 55 A series of this species presented to the British Museum by Mr. C. Hose contains three or four examples with the spire com- plete. In this condition it has a very accuminate appearance, the apex being minute and pellucid, if not coated with an earthy deposit. The almost smooth whorls which are constricted below the suture, the dark olive colour and smaller size, are features which may separate this species from the preceding. 6. Paludomus everetti, sp. nov. Testa globosa, turrita, crassa, epidermide fusco- olivacea induta; spira acuminata, ad apicem sepe jars erosa; anfractus circiter 8, convext, superne infra je ) suturam concave depresst vel constrict, in concavitate | \ linets spiralibus impressts 2-3 striati, ultimus strits \ . oo . . . - .- . . . ’ ya ) paucis alits adtstantibus circa basim adistinctioribus ! sculptus, antice paulo descendens; apertura subovata, Vi longit. totius 4 paulo superans, intus ceruleo-albida ; peristoma continuum, subpatulum, in exemplis adultes aurantiacum, in juntoribus pallidum, margine dextro obsolete crenulato. Longit. 30 millim., diam. maj. 22, min. 17. Apertura cum perist, 17 longa, 12 lata. Hab.: Batang Lupar district, W. Sarawak, also Gomanton on the N.E. Coast at Sandakan Bay. This is a larger and more globose form than P. 7sse//, and differs also from that species in the whorls being concave below the suture, in the spiral impressed lines and the more ovate or less acuminate aperture. Its greatly superior size distinguishes it from P. more/letz ; the want of colour-bands, and the absence of the “flattened semi- circular space” behind ‘‘the columella,” may separate it from P. lacunoides, which it otherwise resembles in many respects. It appears to exhibit more transverse sculpture, and the orange lip may be characteristic, although I have not seen this peculiarity in any of the specimens from Gomanton. NOTE ON A SPECIES OF LIMAX FROM IRELAND. By WALTER E. COLLINGE, Mason College, Birmingham. I HAVE recently received from Mr. Jas. N. Milne, Derry, a single example of a large Zzmax which at present I am unable to determine. I have, some short time ago, described a species of Avzon,* at present * Ann. Mag. N.H., 1893, vol. xii, pp. 252-4, pl. ix. 52 NOTES. only known from Ireland, and I think this is a form of Z. maximus, possibly sufficiently distinct to be regarded as another species. In the hope that Irish malacologists may be able to supply me with further examples I give the following particulars. The slug alive measured 136 millim., and has a keel quite as prominent as that of Zzmax marginatus, Mull. The ground colour is a chocolate black with a light brown stripe on the keel—slightly interrupted anteriorly. The tentacles and fore part of the head are minutely spotted with brown. ‘The ventral edges of the mantle and the parts of the body covered by the same, are of a dirty white with irregular sepia blotches. The foot-fringe is black or a very dark sepia, the foot-sole with lateral sepia coloured planes and a median white plane. : Anatomically there seems to be little doubt but that there are sufficient grounds to separate it from any other known species of the genus. I shall later describe and figure the anatomy of the reproductive organs, so will here content myself with pointing out two very prominent characters, viz., (1) the penis is long as in L. maximus, but twisted upon itself, and the vas deferens does not arise from the lateral wall as in many members of this genus, e.g., L. maximus, L., L. ater, Raz., L. geographicus, Ren., &c., but is a direct continuation of the penis; (2) the duct of the recepta- culum seminalis is more than twice the length of any I have seen in Z. maximus, the receptaculum is also larger and pyriform. The very prominent keel and attenuated posterior portion of the body at once distinguishes it from Z. maximus, while its size separates it from the remaining British or Irish Limaces. When I opened the box in which it was contained it reminded me some- what of Z. subalpinus, Less.t Unlike this species, however, it has no trace of lateral bands or marbling on the mantle. Should I be able to procure more examples I hope to describe and figure it in detail, and name it Zimax hedleyz, after Mr. Charles Hedley, the distinguished Australian malacologist, to whom I am much indebted for particulars of the slugs of that region. NOTES. Description of Urocyclus flavescens (Keferst.). The following notes are based on an examination of some specimens in the British Museum :— Length (in alcohol) 303 mm., mantle length 13 mm. ; breadth 9 mm., breadth of sole9 mm. Medium area of sole decidedly narrower than either lateral area. Mantle oval, truncate anteriorly, bluntly angulate or rather subrostrate posteriorly : + Atti. R. Acc. d. Lincei Mem. Sc., vol. vii., T. ii, fig. 1. CURRENT LITERATURE. 53 shell-aperture small, and very close to hind end of mantle, no grooves from it to the mantle edge as in U. &zrkiz. Mantle reticulate, the interstices of the reticulation mostly blackish. Respiratory orifice 74 mm. from anterior border. Mucous pore smallish. Body not keeled, bluntish at end. Reticulations large, big blackish grooves (of which there are about eleven, counting from dorsum to sole on one side close to mantle), very little joined by transverse grooves, and not symmetrically arranged on both sides. Sole, &c., ochreous; head, back, and mantle greyish ; palish lateral bands on the body, not coinciding with the grooves, but crossed by them. No lateral ridges. A sé¢éght indication of dark lateral bands on mantle. Nucleus of shell shiny, yellowish-white. In a young specimen the bands on the mantle are more pronounced, as figured by Heynemann ( /2hré. d. Mal. Ges., 1884, pl. i). Delagoa Bay (H. A. Spencer), two specimens. I was very glad to have an opportunity of drawing up a full description of U. flavescens from these specimens. I have no doubt that they are correctly referred to Keferstein’s species, and to the genus Uvocyc/us in the strictest sense. U. kirkiz, Gray from the Zambesi region, (7, pallescens, Ckll. from Natal, and U. flavescens, Keferst. from intermediate localities, form a little group of three allied but distinct species.—T. D. A. COCKERELL, F.Z.S., Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A. CURRENT LITERATURE. In order to make the following Bibliography as complete as possible, the Editor invites the co-operation of British and foreign authors. All communications should be addressed to the Editor, the “Journal of Malacology,” Mason College, Birmingham, England. MALACOLOGY IN GENERAL. Pilsbry, H. A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. i., pt. 59 (vol. xv., pp. 133-180, pl. 18-42); ser. ii., pt. 35 (vol. ix., pp. 113-160, pl. 29-40). Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences (Aug. 1894). In the marine series, part 59 commences the Zectzbranchiata, and contains the family Acteontde, in which are included all the allied forms which possess an operculum and a radula of many rows of teeth, all of the same form. The general arrangement followed is that of Fischer. The only new species is Bz//zna deshayesit from Réunion, which may be distinguished from its nearest ally B. vitrea Pease, by the columella not being truncated at the base. Slips, such as ‘‘ Fischer,” for ‘‘ Fischer de Waldheim,” and printer’s errors, such as ‘‘Acteon,” are too numerous. In the land series, Mr. Pilsbry continues his history, both conchological and malacological, of the Helicoid groups. The present part deals with fourteen genera including such important groups as Chloritis, Thersites, and Papuina. Dendro- trochus is anew section (anatomy unknown) of Papzzza, which may be distinguished by the columella lip not being expanded or reflexed. The type is P. heléctnozdes, H. & J., and the distribution includes the Solomon Islands, New Hebrides, Admiralty Islands, and New Ireland. As their name implies, the species are arboreal.—E.R.S. Simroth, H.—Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-reichs. Bd. III. Mollusca. Leipzig, July 1894, pp. 241-336, pl. 1x.-xiv. This part deals almost entirely with the Polyplacophora. or Chitons. Dr. Simroth gives an interesting résumé of their morphology and ontogeny. The distribution in both time and space is given. Commencing in the Silurian they gradually increase in number up to the present time; the oldest forms being 54 CURRENT LITERATURE. most nearly related to the recent deep-water Lepidopleurus. Barrande’s 7rtopus seems however to have escaped his observation. The system of Pilsbry is adopted practically in its entirety, though we cannot help thinking that some more recent part than No. 56 (published a year ago) might have reached Dr. Simroth. A brief general review of the AmpAtneura closes the part in which, zzter alia, he reviews their relationship with the Annelids and Turbellarians. Printers’ errors are rather numerous, and some of the plates of Chitons are lettered as “* Aplacophora,” otherwise the drawings are very clear and distinct.—E. R. S. STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT. Erlanger, R. von.—Bemerkungen zur Embryologie der Gasteropoden, II. Biol. Centralb, 1894. Bd. xiv., pp. 491-4. Gilchrist, John D. F,—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Anordung, Correlation und Funktion d. Mantelorgane d. Tectibranchiata. Inaug. Diss., Zurick. Jena 1894, pp. I-54, 21 figs. Ihering, H. von.—Descrip. e anat. da Pe/te//la. Arch. d. Mus. Nac. d. Rio de Janeiro, 1892, vol. vill., pp. 135-53, Est. vii.-vili. A description of P. palliolum, Feér. Kent, W. Saville.—Notes on the Embryology of the Australian Rock Oyster (Ostrea glomerata). Proc. Roy. Soc., Queensland, vol. vil., pp. 33-40, pl. Knower, H. McE.—Pteropods with two separate sexual openings. John Hopkins Univ. Circ., 1894, vol. xiii., pp. 61-62. Labbe, A.—Notes de Biologie, I. Accouplement et fécondation chez 1’ Octopus vulgaris, Lam. Arch. Zool. exp. et gen., 1894, T. ii., pp. 21-49, figs. Sampson, Lilian V.—Die Muskulatur von Chiton. Jena. Zeit., 1894, pp. 460-8, 4 figs. Simroth, H.—Uber einige Aetherien aus den Kongofiallen. Abhandl d. Senckenb. Nat. Gesell., Frankfurt, 1894, Bd. xviii., pp. 273-88, 1 pl. Vayssiere, A.—Etude anat. sur le Coléophysts (Utriculus) truncatula, Brug. Ann. de la Faculté d. Sci d. Marseille, 1893, T. iii., pp. 1-13, 1 T. Vayssiere, A.—Observ. zool. et anat. sur 1’ Ammonicera nouv. genre de gistero. prosobranche. /ézd., pp. 15-28, 1 T. . VARIATION. Cockerell, T. D. A.—The Band-Variation of AH. nxemorals and A. hortensis in the British Isles. Brit. Nat., 1894, pp. 155-7. Jones, K. H.—-Albinism in Mollusca. ézd., p. 121-2. Murdoch, R.—Notes on the variation and habits of Schizogdossa novoseelandica, Pfr. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., p. 138. Sterki, V.—Eine merkwiirdige form von /Pufa pagodula, Desm. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp. 133-4. Wetherby, A. G.—A few notes on Helex tridentata. Naut., 1894, vol. viii., PP: 43-5: A timely criticism of the present desire for varietal names. Wooton, F. W,—Varieties of Zsocardia cor. Sci. Goss., 1894, pp. 122-3, 5 figs. CURRENT LITERATURE. 55 CLASSIFICATION, NOMENCLATURE, NEW GENERA AND SPECIES. Boettger, O. and Schmacker, B.—Descriptions of New Chinese Clausilie. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 100-117, pls. vill.-1x. Brazier, John.—On a new JZurex from S. Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1893, vol. vill., pp. 179-80, fig. Crosse, H. et Fischer, P.—Diag. Moll. nov. reipublicae Mexicanze incolarum. Journ. de Conchy, 1893, pp. 293-7, pl. x. Six new Unzonide. Dall, W. H.—On some species of AZz/z27a from the Pacific Coast. Naut., 1894, vol. vill., pp. 5-6, pl. i. Hedley, C.—Deser. of Cwecum amputatwm, an undescribed mollusc from Sydney Harbour. Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1893, vol. viil., p. 504 and fig. Hedley, C.—On the Australasian Gadlachia. Tbid., pp. 505-14, pl. xxiv. The genus Gzzdlachia contains 4 American, 2 Australian, and. 1 New Zealand species. G. beddomez, Petterd, MS. is described as new from South Tasmania. Figures are given of the animal, lingual ribbon, jaw (now first made clear), &c., of G. petferdz, and of the growth stages of the undescribed New Zealand species. Mr. Hedley concludes ‘‘ The distribution of Gzedlachia agrees in part with that of the recent Marsupials, and the theory of a Mesozoic or older Tertiary migration to or from Australia across the South Pole, when a lost land with a mild climate united Tierra del Fuego to Tasmania, would explain its present position.” Hedley, C.—On the value of Azcylastrum. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, WO Tls5 jos Wales Jousseaume.—Descrs. de Moll. nouv. Le Nat., 1894, pp. 167-8. Two new species of Cazcz/la. Martens, E. von.—Diag. neuer Arten. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp- 135-6. A new Helix and a Lippistes. Moellendorff, O. F. von.—On a collection of Land-Shells from the Samin Islands, Gulf of Siam. P.Z.S., 1894, pp. 146-56, pl. xvi. The first collection from these islands, consisting of 32 species, of which 18 are new. The fauna appears to be essentially Malaccan, and consists of Stveptaxide (5), Manznide (5), Helicide (2), Bulimide (1), Stenogyride (2), Pupide (3), Asiculide (2), Cyclophoride (6), Diplommatinide (3), Pupinzde (2), Hydrocenide(t). Nobre, Augusto.—Descrip. d’uma nova especie de Vaginu/a de Angola. Ann. de Sci. Nat., Porto, 1894, vol. i., pp. 160-1, Est. viii. Under the title of Vag7nla simrotht, Signor Nobre describes a new African species. Figures are given of the slug and also of the nervous and digestive systems. We regret no figure is given of the reproductive organs, such always being useful for comparison. The original description is as follows :— ‘** Corpus elongatum, vel ovatum, dorsum convexum in speciminibus vero spritu vine conservatis, subtilissime rugosum. Color obscure olivaceo-viridis, infra pallidore ; solea anguste, postice acuminata, media leviter expansa, transverse rugosa; tentaculis anterioribus, parvis, rugosis, posterioribus, parvis, transverse striatis. (Coll. Nobre.) Long. 42; lat. 23; alt. 12 mill. Hab.: In Angola, Africze occidentalis. 56 CURRENT LITERATURE. Corps allongé presque ovale, manteau conveve sur le dos dans les échantillons conservés dan Valcool, tres finement rugeux, intierement parsemé des petites granulations presque seulement visibles a la loupe sur les boids inferieurs ; couleur vert-olivatre sur le dos et jaunatre inférieurement. Pied étroit, un peu conique postérieurement et un pue plus élargi vers le milieu de sa longueur, strié trans- versalement. Les tentacles supérieurs sont ridés transversalement, bleuatres, les inférieurs bifides et rugueux comme la peau de la téte. Longeur du manteau_... ht cae Stic 42 mm. os +» pied en a: aw 35a. Largeur du manteau sur le dos a be 23im—55 sa) ete! Bre eae dae ec Vey lanteue see ee see Bec Ree Ae Largeur des bords du manteau. noe a OF) Gste —W.E.C. Pilsbry, H. A.—Notices of new Chitons. IV. Naut., 1894, vol. viii., pp. 8-9. Pilsbry, H. A.—Notices of new Japanese Moliuses. II. Jd¢d@., pp. 9-10. Pilsbry, H. A.—/erostylus, a new genus of Fusoid gasteropod. Jbzd., pp. 17-18. Probably only the apex of a Fvsus. Pilsbry, H. A.—Notices of new Japanese Molluscs. III. Jbéd., p. 16. Pilsbry, H. A.—Notices of new Japanese Molluscs. IV. Jé7d., p. 29-31. Pilsbry, H. A.—Note on Ziparus. Tbid., p. 35. Pilsbry, H. A.—Notices of new Japanese Molluscs. /éz¢., pp. 47-8. Clausilia stearnsiz is a new species from Loochoo Is. Pilsbry, H. A.—Critical list of Molluscs collected in the Potomac Valley. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1894, pp. 11-31, pl. I. The group of shells generally called Zovztes by American authors is critically reviewed, and Mr. Pilsbry points out that Zovzfes is confined to European faunas. He divides the American Zonztes—so called—into Omphalina, Raf. (1831), [contains /2/iginosa, the reproductive organs of which are figured], V2trea, Fitz., (1833) [contains ardorea, electrina, and indentata), and Gastrodonta, Alb. (1850) [contains sappressa and ligera). Two new varieties are described of Polygyra tridentata. There is also a preliminary description of Phzlomycus. Pilsbry, H. A.—List of Port Jackson Chitons collected by Dr. J. C. Cox, with a revision of Australian Acanthochitide. Lbid., pp. 69-89, pls. ii.-iv. Hapoplax is a new section for Lschnochiton smaragdinus, Ang. Meturoplax is a new sub-genus of Acanthochites, holding the same relation to it as Pal/ochzton does to Chetopleura. Loricella is raised from a section of Lorica to a genus. The following are new species :—dAcanthochites bednalli and Chiton coxt. The paper will be invaluable to students of Australasian Chitons. Quadras, J. F. and Moellendorff, O. F. von.—Diag. spec. nov. ex insulis Philippinis. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp. 113-130. Rolle, Hermann.—Diag. neuen orientalischen arten. Jézd., pp. 136-8. Four new He/ix and a new Zovztes, mostly from Cyprus. Simroth, H.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Kaukasisch-armerischen Nacktsch necken-fauna. Sitz. Gesel. d. wiss Math.-Nat., Prag., 1893, pp. 8-23, T. xvii. Limax primitivus is described as new. Its anatomy is described and figured, and at some length compared with other species. CURRENT LITERATURE. 57 Simroth. H.—Beitrage zur Kenntnis der portugiesischen und der ostafrik anischen Nacktschnecken-fauna. Abhandl. d. Senckeub. naturf. Gesell., 1894, Bd. Xvlll., pp. 289-308, T. i.-il. Dr. Simroth’s Studies upon the Portuguese and African slug faunas rank perhaps amongst the finest publications on Molluscan anatomy. The paper before us is equal in every detail to its predecessors, being of exceptional interest to the malacologist, beautifully printed, and illustrated by two plates bearing the name of Werner and Winter. The following new species are described and figured :— Geomalacus grandis.—Omnibus speciebus notes Geomalaci generis major ; griseus reticulatus, dorso maculis nigris notato. Solea alba.—Ductus receptaculi seminis longus, musculo genitali in medio inserto.—Habitat : Serra Estrella. Arion hesset.—Arioni umido similis. Atrium genitale majus, ductus receptaculi seminis brevius. Habitat : Coimbra. Agriolimax tmmaculatus, Simr., 2zgvescens, Var. Nov. Urocyclus rufescens.—Juvenilis griseus, teeniis duabus dorsalibus albis notatus, teeniis pallialibus nigris. | Adultus pallio rubro-notato, lineis radiatis dorsalibus rufis, teeniis dorsalibus aut albis aut absentibus. Habitat: Usambara, Darema. Phaneroporus unicolor.—Griseus, unicolor. Smith, Edgar A.—On the Land-Shells of Western Australia. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 84-99, pl. vii. Smith, Edgar A.—On the Land-Shells of the Natuna Islands. Ann, Mag. N.H., 1894, vol. xiil., pp. 453-65, pl. xvi. A collection of 31 species, 18 of which are undescribed. The fauna appears to be equally related to Borneo and the Malay Peninsula. The new species belong to the following genera: M/ecrocystis (1), Trochonanina (2), Trochomorpha (1), Szta/a (1), Patula (1), Yornatellina (1), Leptopoma (1), Lagocheilus (4), Cyathopoma (1), Cyclotus (2), Pupina (1), Diplommatina (2). Suter, Henry.—Additions and Emendations to the Reference List of the L. & F. W. Moll. of New Zealand. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. viii., pp- 484-502, pl. xxii.-xxiil. This paper contains the descriptions of the new species named but not described in his paper (reviewed ave vol. ii, p. 179). They are, Lagochez/us (2), Paryphanta (1), Allodiscus (2), Laoma (1), Ptychodon (1), and Charopa (2). On pp. 502-3, Mr. Charles Hedley appends some ‘‘ Notes to the above.”’ Suter, Henry.—List synonymique et bibliographique d. Moll. ter et fluv. de la Nouvelle-Zealand. Journ. de Conchy., 1893, pp. 220-93, pl. ix. This list, with its introduction by M. Crosse forms the most complete summary of the known New Zealand Fauna that has yet appeared. It follows in outline that of Messrs. Hedley and Suter (P. L. S., N. S. W.), but the references and localities have been more extended, and by a comparison of specimens with Pfeiffer’s types in the British Museum, the identifications have been rendered more accurate. Mr. Suter reduces Phacussa, Therasia, Carthea, Pyrrha, Phenacohelix, Allodiscus, &c., to subgenera of Flammuiina, instead of leaving them as genera, and a similar course is wisely pursued with ihe sections of Azdodonta. The new species in P. L. S., N.S. W., vol. vili., should surely be dated 1894 and not 1893. The present number of the Journal de Conchy., although dated 1893, was issued in July 1894. Suter, Henry.—Further Contrib. to the Knowledge of the Moll. Fauna of New Zealand, with descrs. of eight new species. Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1893, vol- XXV1., pp. 121-38, pls. xiv -xxi. A most interesting contribution. We regret that want of space will only allow but a very brief review. The use of the name Ad¢horacophorus, Gould, is upheld for the genus /anella. A. papillatus is figured with drawings of the jaw and 58 CURRENT LITERATURE. radula ; after carefully comparing the published accounts of the anatomy of A. verrucosus, Von Martens, with this species, Mr. Suter is of opinion that they are ‘fone and the same species.” The much abused Weojanella dubia, Ckll., ‘is nothing else but 4. bztentaculatus,” according to Mr. Suter. The new species are Gundlachia, sp., Lagochilus fasciatum, Flammulina pulsbryt, Pyrrha subincarnata, Allodiscus smithit, A. rusticus, Laoma ciliata, Phrixgnathus murdochi and P. cheesemanz, al) of which are figured, as well as many other species.—W.E.C€. Suter, Henry.—Check-list of the New Zealand L. & F. Mollusca. Jdid., Pp: 139-54- A very useful list enumerating 177 species. PHYSIOLOGY, HABITS AND CONDITIONS OF LIFE. C[unningham], J. T.—On specialised organs seen in action. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. , 1894, vol. les pp: 166-7. Gain, W. A.—Growth of Shells of Helices. Sci. Goss., 1894, p. 140. Layard, E. L.—Mimicry in Mollusca. Journ. Conch., 1894, pp. 386-8. Step, Edward.—The Egg-laying of Helix pomatia. Sci. Gos., 1894, p. 99. Winkley, M. H.—Hatching of 77. fomatia. Tbid., p. 140. SPECIAL FAUNA AND DISTRIBUTION. A.A.—Dreissensia polymorpha, Pallas. Journ. Conch., 1894, p. 404. Adams, L. E.—Aydrobia | Paludestrina) jenkinsi at Lewes. Jbid., p. 390. Barber, H. J.—Dispersal of Shells. Sci. Goss., 1894, p. 92. Brazier, John.—Distribution of little-known Moll. fr. Polynesia and Australia, with their synonyms. Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vol. viii., pp. 430-5. Carrington, John T.—Freshwater Snails in Trafalgar Sq. Sci. Goss., 1894, p- 92. Cox, J. C.—Notes on the occurrence of a species of Plecotrema and other Mollusca in Port Jackson. Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vol. viii., pp. 422-9. Crosse, H.—Note préliminaire sur la Faune malac. terr. et fluv. de la Nouvelle Zelande et sur les affinités. Journ. de Conchy. (1893), p. 209-19. Dall, W. 4.—Synopsis of the A/actride of North America. Naut., 1894, vol. vill., pp. 25-28. Dautzenberg, Ph.—Liste des Moll. terr. et fluv. rec. par M. Barrois en Palestine et en Syrie. Rev. Biol. du Nord de la France, 1894, vol. vi., pp. 329-53-. Dautzenberg, Ph.—Moll. marins de St. Jean-de-Luz. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1894, vol. vii., pp. 235-6. Dumas, M. I’ Abbe.—Les Moll. de I’ Allier (suite). Rev. Sci. Bourbonnais, 1894, pp. 17-24. ; Dupuy, Gaston.— Moll. de la Nouvelle Caledonie. Feuille Jeun. Nat., 1894, Pp: 137-9. CURRENT LITERATURE. 59 Farrer, W. J.—The Moll. of the Lake District. Sci. Goss. 1894, pp. 92 and 116. Fischer, P. et Crosse H.—Mission Scientifique dans l’Amerique Centrale : Mollusques, 1894, ‘I’. ii., pp. 393-488, pl. 55-58. Grabham, O.—Viviparus contectus near Askern, Nat. 1894, p. 174. Henderson, J. B.—List of Shells collected in Jamaica. Naut., 1894, vol. viii., pp. 1-5, 19-24, and 31-33. Ihering, H. von.—Die Susswasser Bivalven Japans. Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges., Bd. 18, pp. 145-66, pl. Klika, B.—Verzeichniss der von Dr. V. Vavra wahrend seiner Kaukasus-Reise gesammelten Binnenconchylien, 1893, pp. I-7. Murray, Jas.—The Moll. of the Lake district. Sci. Goss., 1894, p. 92. Nobre, Augusto.— Contrib. para a malacologia portugueza. Ann. d. Sci. Nat. Porto, 1894, vol. i., pp. 135-6. Nobre, Augusto.—Sur la faune Malac. d. iles de S. Thomé et d. Madere. Lbid., pp. 140-44. Nobre, Augusto.—Estudos sobre a fauna aquatica dos rios do norte de Portugal (Molluscos, pp. 154-7). /d¢@., pp. 151-7. Patterson, R. Lloyd.—The Common Mussel (AZyizds edulis) in Belfast Lough. Irish Nat., 1894, pp. 136-7. Pearce, S. Spencer and Mayfield, Arthur.—The L. and F. Moll. of E. Norfolk. Journ. Conch., 1894, pp. 391-404. Pilsbry, H. A.—List of Port Jackson Chitons and Revision of Australian Acanthochitide. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1894. Pilsbry, H. A.—On the Orthalicus of Florida. Naut., 1894, vol. vili., pp. 37-9. Pilsbry, H. A.—On Chitonx hartwegii, Cptr., and its allies. Zd7d., pp. 45-7. This species and 7yachydermon nuttallii are identical. 7. raymondi is described from San Francisco. Why call the species a Chetoz ? Preston, H. B.—Dispersal of Flora and Fauna (#7. asfersa). Sci. Goss., 1894, Wb wR p- 137. Sampson, F. A.—Southern shells in Missouri. Naut., 1894, vol. viii., pp. 18-19 Simroth, H.—Nachtrage zu die Mollusken-fauna des Konigreiches Sachsen. Nachr. Malac. Deutsch. Gesel., 1894, pp. 130-33. Smith, Edgar A.—Note on the Variation and Distr. of Bzdlimus oblongus, Miill. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, voli., p. 137. Smith, Edgar A.—Note on the Genus Balea, Journ. Conch., 1894, p. 389. Stearns, R. E. C.— Helix coloradoensis: a new locality. Naut., 1894, vol. viii., p. 29. Stearns, R. E. C.—Distrib., &c., of Zrzodopsis and Alesodon. Tbid., pp. 6-8. Stearns, R. E. C.— Urosalpinx cinereus in San Francisco Bay. /did., pp. 13-14. Sykes, E. R.—On the South African Polyplacophora. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 132-6. Webb, W. M.— 7?stacella haliotidea, Drap. Nature, July 26th, 1894, p. 296. Wetherby, A. G.—A few notes on Helix appressa. Naut , 1894, vol. vil, pp: 14-16. White, F. A.—AZelongena corona, Gmel. Tbid., 1894, vol. vill., p. IT. 60 CURRENT LITERATURE. PALAEONTOLOGY. Cossman, M.—Reévision sommaire de la faune du Terrain Oligocéne marin aux environs d’ Etampes (suite). Journ. de Conchy., 1893, pp. 297-363, pl. x. A new family Déastomide is created for Drastoma and allied fossil genera. The following species are new :—Zuthria dollfusi, Scaphander mediocris, Sand- bergeria trimargarita. Jahn, J. J.—Duslia, eine neue Chitonidengattung aus dem Béhmischen untersilur. Setz. Akad. wiss. Wien, 1894, Bd. cii., pp. 591-603, pl. A remarkable new species which has twelve valves ; it seems, however, hardly necessary to have created a new genus for it, as 77zofus, Barrande (from the same formation) seems nearly enough allied to have contained Daslia insignis. Lehmann, F.—Die ZLamellibranchiata des Miocens von Dingden, ii. Theil. Siphonida sitnupalliata. Ver. Nat. Vereins. d. pr. Rheinlande, 1894, pp. 273-94, pl. v. Monterosato, Marquis de.—Conchiglie terr. viv. e foss. de Monte Pellegrino. Nat. Siciliano, 1894, An xiii., pp. 165-73. Newton, R. B.—Note on some Molluscan remains lately discovered in the English Keuper. Journ. Conch., 1894, p. 408. Newton, R. B., and Harris, G. W. F.—A Revision of the British Eocene Cephalopoda. Pro, Malac. Soc., Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 119-131, pl. x. Tate, R.—Unrecorded genera of the older Tertiary Fauna of Australia, including diagnoses of some new genera and species. Proc. Roy. Soc., N.S. W., 1893, xxvii. (pub. Mar. 1894), pp. 167-96, plates x. to xii. Herein Prof. Tate transfers to the Eocene various Australian beds formerly held to be Miocene, correlates the Oamaru series of New Zealand with the Australian Eocene, and associates both with the oldest European Eocene deposits. The bulk of this important paper is devoted to the mollusca, the following new genera of which are proposed :—A/axocertthium, Calytropis, Triploca, Poroleda, and /hragmorisma. New species figured and described are :—Spzrulirostra curta, Concholepas antiquata, Distortio interposita, Harpa pachycheila, Dolium biornatum, Eburnopsts tessellatus, Genotia fontinalis, G. decomposita, G. pritchardt, G. angustifrons, Diastoma provisi, Semivertagus subcalvatus, S. capillatus, Ataxocertthium concatenatum, Colina apictlivata, C. fenestralis, Actepyramis olivelleformis, Isapis cothinus, J. elatus, Litiopa punctulifera, KRisella alta, Basilissa cosmant, Triploca ligata, Poroleda lanceolata, Pholadomya austialica, Anatina dolabreformis, thragmorisma anatineformis, Myochama plana, M. rugata, and Crania guadrangularis. We note that the genus Poroleda has already appeared on p. 86 of the Macleay Memorial volume.—C. H. BIOGRAPHICAL. Ashford, Charles.-——Journ. Conch., 1894, pp. 405 7, and portrait. EDITOR’S NOTES. We regret to hear of the death of Prof. Michele. Lessona, of Turin, on July 2oth, in his 71st year. Journ. of Malacology, 1894, vol. iii., pt. 8. J.F.B., del. Fig. 1.—Reproductive organs of Arion citrinus, Westerl. 3 Fig. 2.—Their terminal ducts from the opposite side. 2* Fig. 3.—Inside portion of the oviduct in part x x fig. 2. Fig. 4.—The terminal ducts of the typical fuscus, Miill. Fig. 5.—The terminal ducts of 4. fuscus, v. boettgeri, Poll. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOGLOGY: No. 4. DECEMBER trath, 1894. Vout. III. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. AFTER the present number the control of this paper will pass into the hands of Mr. W. M. Webb, F.L.S., and though Mr. Collinge will continue as co-editor, a page of the history of the ‘ Journal of Malacology” has been turned, and a brief account of its career may be of interest to the subscribers. It is perhaps most fitting that I should be the person to write it, as I was the first Assistant Editor, aud therefore, probably, am more acquainted with the working of the journal than my colleagues are. The first number of this journal appeared in March 25th, 1891, under the title of ‘*The Conchologist,” under which name it continued until the close of 1893, and consisted of 16 pp. of letter- press, the shape being crown 4to. Mr. Collinge bore the whole burden of the editing until the close of that year, when the shape of the journal was altered to its present form, and the “ Assistant Editors” commenced to join the staff. The dates of these additions are as follow: the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., Dr. R. F. Scharff, and myself prior to March, 1892; Mr. W. Garstang, M.A., June, 1892 ; Mr. B. B. Woodward, F.G.S., June, 1893; Mr. Charles Hedley, F.L.S., September, 1893; and Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., March, 1894. The services of Mr. Garstang and Dr. Scharff were lost at the close of 1893. Owing to a generous desire on the part of Mr. Collinge not to clash with the newly-formed Malacological Society, an endeavour was made to confine the papers to those dealing with “the slugs and slug-like genera,” and the title was accordingly altered to ‘The Journal of Malacology ” ; this endeavour has in a great measure been carried out. JouRNAL OF MAvacotocy, Vol. iii., No. 4. 62 WALTER EDWARD COLLINGE. Since the foundation of the paper over forty persons—in addition to the staff—have contributed papers to its columns, thus showing that it met an existing want. These papers have dealt with the Mollusca, both recent and fossil; land, freshwater and marine; and the anatomy has received special attention. One great feature of the paper has been the exhaustive bibliography which, owing to the kindness of authors, has been carried out. It has dealt with considerably over a thousand books and papers in seven or eight languages: longer notices have by preference been given to those published out of Great Britain. The important ‘Check-List of the Slugs’ will cause the recollection of the journal as a land-mark in the study of those genera. The lack of a paper which should be free and not the mere organ of a society has been long felt in England; papers on mollusca have been scattered among many journals, and the lack of some organ where they could be collected together, has been a hindrance to workers, who were unable, either owing to expense or other causes, to discover where the papers were and to procure them when traced. We therefore owe a great debt to Mr. Collinge for his pluck and liberality in founding this journal and carrying it on amongst the many troubles and difficulties which must have surrounded such an undertaking. E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. WALTER EDWARD COLLINGE. By ROBERT MACDONALD, M.A., B.Sc., Madras College, St. Andrews, N.B. Mr. WaLTER E. CoL.incE, F.Z.S., whose portrait appears in this issue, will cease with this number of the “ Journal of Malacology ” to be its proprietor and editor. Mr. W. M. Webb, F.L.S., will succeed to the active control of the magazine, while Mr. Collinge will be retained as co-editor. Mr. Collinge has been connected with this journal since its commencement as the “Conchologist” in 1890. Engaged at the time in the study of the mollusca, he was led by circumstances to establish a quarterly journal in which he could record his own observations, and those of others, and so present in compact form to his co-workers the most recent research work of all students of WALTER EDWARD COLLINGE. 63 malacology. At first unassisted, and in spite of rivalry, opposition, active misrepresentation, and pecuniary loss, the young editor fought his way into general favour. And now I can imagine him looking back on those cloudy days with complacency, as he hands over to his colleague the active superintendence of what is now the: leading English Journal and Review of its specific subject. Mr. Collinge is a born pioneer. Students of malacology were accustomed in 18go to inefficient and slighting service; and were slow to believe that they need not submit themselves any longer to such. The success of a manual devoted entirely to conchology seemed very doubtful, but against prophecy, reasoning and prejudice, the “ Conchologist ” was produced, and brought out regularly—each number more useful and more valuable than the preceding. The success of the paper was due primarily to the need for it among workers in this field of science, but it was also largely due to the unbounded enthusiasm and capacity for work on the part of its editor. He might be said to have created the need for the journal by publishing it; previously a notice in an odd corner of a magazine of general science, or a long delayed and uncertain publication elsewhere, satisfied the student of Conchology ; but the publication of the “Conchologist” drew together and crystallised the work of all, and many a new student of Zoology was encouraged by it to give more than a mere passing notice to the Mollusca. Mr. Collinge was educated at the Yorkshire College, Leeds (Victoria University). On the completion of his course he was elected Assistant in Biology there under Professor L. C. Miall, F.R.S., and it was during this period that the “ Conchologist” was first produced. In 1891 he became Demonstrator of Zoology in St. Andrews University, under Professor W. C. M’Intosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., where he gained the Woodall Fisheries Prize, and turned his attention to the study of Teleostean Fishes. In the Marine Laboratory of St. Andrews—where material is never wanting—in the midst of his routine work of classifying and enumerating large quantities of pelagic ova, he found time for experiments on them in preparation for the microscope, and perfected a method for preserving them. His articles on the Mollusca in Chambers’ Encyclopedia were written by him also at this time; and the “Conchologist” of this year (1892) contains amongst other articles from his pen a work entailing careful and methodical criticism, viz., “A Review of the British Avtonide.” In 1892 he was elected Demonstrator of Biology in Mason College, Birmingham, and here under Professor T. W. Bridge, M.A., he has been enabled to pursue the study of Fishes begun in St. Andrews. A2 64 SMITH: RECENT SPECIES OF THE GENUS PIRULA, LAMARCK. His researches on the ‘Relations of the Cranial Nerves to the Sensory Canal System” are published in the “ Proceedings of the Birmingham Philosophical Society,” the British Association Report for 1893, and are still appearing in the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science.” Mr. Collinge is thus not a faddist in Conchology—but a sound scientific student of Anatomy, who has long been specially interested in this branch of it. Doubtless anyone’s interest in “ Snails” begins with his pleasure in contemplating the spiral covering, but it is mere dilettanteism and not science to end as a collector of shells for one’s cabinet. In the “Conchologist” Mr. Collinge has always acted liberally in publishing freely the views of enthusiastic collectors, but his personal contributions to the subject are mainly anatomical, and it is on the anatomy mainly that he relies for identification of species, or for establishment of relationship. I understand that Mr. Collinge has in MS. the first of a series of studies in Vertebrate Morphology. ‘Text-books on types become after a time somewhat fo/arized ; and if for no other reason new books on new selected types should be made welcome. But, although somewhat unkind to prejudice unseen work, we may expect from Mr. Collinge something better than mere text-books on typical animals, which may replace our present dog’s-eared copies. A LIST OF THE RECENT SPECIES OF THE GENUS PIRULA, LAMARCK, WITH NOTES RESPECTING THE SYNONYMY. By EDGAR) A. SMITH, 2.2.25, Zoological Department, British Museum, London. THE recent species of the genus Piruda, of which the Bulla ficus of Linné is the type, have been monographed or catalogued by Lamarck,* Deshayes,** Reeve,t the late G. B. Sowerby, 7+ Rousseau, Kobelt,{{ and Tryon,t{tt and reviews of the genus have been given by Petit,’ Fischer,” and the present Mr. G. B. Sowerby.* In describing * Hist. Nat. Anim. Sans. Vert., 1822, vol. vii., p. 137. ** Op. cit., ed. 2, vol. ix., p. 502. t Conch. Icon., vol. iv. +t Thesaurus Conch., vol. iv., p. 109. $Chenu’s Illustr. Conchyl., vol. iii. tf Conchyl. Cab., ed. 2. {ff Man. Conch., vol. vii., p. 265. } Journ. de Conch., vol. iii., p..140 ? Op. cit., 1884, p. 5. * The Conchologist vol. ii., P- 73+ SMITH : RECENT SPECIES OF THE GENUS PIRULA, LAMARCK. 65 a new species recently received from the Bay of Bengal, I took the Opportunity of examining the species contained in the collection of the British Museum and also the literature in connection with the genus. As there appears to be considerable difference of opinion among the authors mentioned with regard to the value of Lamarck’s P. decussata, and also a divergence of opinion respecting the synonymy of some of the other species, I was induced to study the subject somewhat carefully and so put together the following notes :— 1. Pirula ficus (Linn.) Bulla ficus, Linn. Syst. nat., ed. 12, p. 1184, partim. .Sycotypus ficus, H. & A. Adams, Gen. Moll., vol. iil., pl. xxi., fig. 1 (animal). ficula levigata, Reeve, Con. Icon., fig. 4; Voy. Samarang, p. 39, pl, ix., fig. 4 (animal). Hab.: Indian Ocean and Moluccas (Lam.); Ceylon, Aden (Brit. Mus.) ; Sooloo Sea, 35 fms. (A. Adams). The identification of this species has been agreed upon by all the monographers ; but Reeve, who employed the generic name /icia, suggested by Swainson in 1835 for the species of this genus, in order “to avoid tautology” proposed another name, /icu/a levigata, for this species. In the present day, however, we adopt the generic term /vruda, and therefore are at liberty to use the specific term ficus without being tautological. The genus “ Pyruda” of Lamarck included species belonging to several genera as now understood, but it was restricted to its present limitations by Montfort in 1810, by Schumacher in 1817, and again in 1824, by Sowerby, a fact apparently unknown to Swainson or Reeve. Moreover the only species quoted by Lamarck, when he originally described the genus, and therefore the type (Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist., Paris 1799, p. 73) was the Bulla ficus of Linn. In the twenty-fourth number of his ‘‘Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,” published in 1824, Sowerby figured three species of “ Pyrula,’ and in the account of the genus observed: ‘‘The shells which, alone, in our opinion, ought to form the genus Pyrz/a, are oblong, rather thin, and generally, more or less strongly cancellated on the outside; they have a thin epidermis which is scarcely ever sufficiently adhesive to remain on the shells when brought into commerce.” He gives a further careful description of the genus, leaving not the slightest doubt as to its scope and consequently the revival of Swainson’s name by Reeve, Kobelt, and the late G. B. Sowerby was altogether unnecessary. For various reasons the generic 66 SMITH: RECENT SPECIES OF THE GENUS PIRULA, LAMARCK. terms Ficus, Klein 1753, Ficus, Rousseau 1846, Sycotypus, H. and A. Adams 1853 (non Sycotypus, Browne 1756) and Ofus, Risso 1826 must also be rejected. They are either prelinnean, preoccupied, or proposed after the genus “ Pyzu/a” was definitely limited. 2. Pirula papyracea, Say. Pyrula papyratia, Say. J. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. ii., p. 238 (June 1822). Pyrula papyratia, Tryon. Man. Conch., vol. vil., p. 266, pl. vi., f. 35- Pyrula papyracea, Sowerby. Conchologist, vol. i., p. 74. Pyrula reticulata, Lamarck. Hist. Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii., p. 141 (August 1822). Pyrula reticulata, Deshayes. Ency. Meth. vers., vol. ii, p. 808, pl ag, fh: 2: Pyrula reticulata, Sowerby. Genera, pl. 221, fig. 1. Pyrula reticulata, Kiener. Icon. Coq. Viv., p. 28, pl. xil., f. 1. Pyrula reticulata (partim), Kobelt. Conch. Cab., ed. 2, p. 7, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5 ; Illus. Conchylienbuch, pl. xxvi., f. 16. Ficus ventricosa (partim), Rousseau in Chenu’s Ill. Conch., pl. 11, f. 2. Jun. = Ficus clathrata, Rousseau. Op. cit., pl. i1., figs. 3-31. Ficula gracilis, Philippi. Zeitsch. f. Malak., 1848, p. 97. Ficula gracilis, Kobelt. Conch. Cab., p. 12, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2. Pyrula fortior, Morch. Mal. Blat., 1877, p. 43. Hab. : Gulf of Mexico, Florida, Campeche (Philippi) ; Georgia and E. Florida (Say) ; British Honduras (Brit. Mus.). What is the Pyrula reticulata of Lamarck? That author, Deshayes and Kiener consider it distinct from the P. ficotdes. On the contrary, Reeve, Kobelt, Tryon, and G. B. Sowerby (1892) have united them or considered them as varieties of one and the same species. After a careful consideration of the original diagnosis, and the description given by Deshayes and Kiener from Lamarck’s type, also the figures in the Encyclopédie Méthodique and in Kiener’s work, I am of opinion that not only is P. veticudata distinct from P. ficoides, but that it is the same form as that previously named P. papyratia by Say, and afterwards P. gracilis by Philippi. The size, four inches, considerably exceeds that of average speci- mens of P. ficotdes, although that species at times does attain that length, and the colouration is quite different. /P. reticulata is a pale whitish shell, with very feeble light-brown spotting upon the principal transverse ridges, and the aperture is brownish far within, becoming whitish towards the outer lip. On the contrary, P. ficoides is a species exhibiting a considerable amount of variegation in colour. SMITH: RECENT SPECIES OF THE GENUS PIRULA, LAMARCK. 67 Five or six transverse pale zones, spotted and blotched with brown or purplish-brown, are more or less distinct in most specimens. In addition to these differences, there is one which, if I am correct in the identification of Lamarck’s P. reticulata with Say’s P. papyratia, at once distinguishes it from P. ficotdes. It is the superior size of the nuclear whorls. This is pointed out both by Philippi and Kobelt in their descriptions of P: gracilis. The locality, Indian Ocean, quoted by Lamarck and repeated by subsequent authors, I regard asa mistake. It is worthy of notice that neither Lamarck, Deshayes, or Kiener have mentioned any other species from the Gulf of Mexico and Florida, or from any other locality in that region. The P. fapyratia is not an uncommon species, and was described by Say in the same year, but a month or ‘ two before the publication of P. reticulata. 3. Pirula ficoides, Lamarck. Pyrula ficoides, Lamarck. Hist. Anim. sans Vert., vol. vil., p. 142 (1822). Pyrula ficoides, Kiener. Icon. Coq. Viv., p. 29, pl. xiil., fi 2. Ficula reticula, Reeve (non Lamarck). Con. Icon., fig. 1. Ficula decussata, Sowerby (non Wood). Thes. Conch., vol. iv., pl. 423, figs. 1-3. Ficula reticulata, var. Kobelt. Conch. Cab., ed. 2, p. 7, pl. xix., figs. 5, 6. Ficula reticulata, Adams & Reeve. Voy. Samarang, p. 39, pl. ix. fig. 5 (animal). Pyrula reticulata (partim), Tryon. Man. Conch., vol. vii., pl. v., f. 28. Ficus ficoides, Chenu. Man. Conch., vol. i., p. 211, f. 1150. Sycotypus ficoides, Vroschel. Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. i., p. 238, plex, fig. 12: Hab.: China Sea, W. Borneo, Japan, Red Sea, Mauritius, Madagascar, E. Africa, Ceylon, &c. ““ A small prettily coloured variety ” from the Mauritius, mentioned by Mr. G. B. Sowerby,* is also remarkable for the coarse cancellation of the surface. 4. Pirula gracilis, Sowerby. Pyrula gracilis, Sowerby. Tankerville Cat. Appendix, p. xvii. (1825). Pyrula elongata, Gray. Zool. Beechey’s Voy., p. 115 (1839). Pyruia Dussumiert (Valenciennes MSS.), Kiener. Icon. Coq. Viv., Div25,0 Ee xd. * Conchologist, vol. ii., p. 74. 68 SMITH: RECENT SPECIES OF THE GENUS PIRULA, LAMARCK. Pyrula Dussumiert, Tryon. Man. Conch., vol. vii., p. 266, pl. v., f. 30. Ficula Dussumtert, Reeve. Conch. Icon., f. 2. Ficula Dussumierit, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. iv., p. 110, pl. 423, f 5. Ficula Dussumiert, Kobelt. Conch. Cab., ed. 2, p. 10, pl. i., f. 1. Ficus Dussumtert, Rousseau in Chenu’s Ill. Conch., pl. 1., fig. 2a (animal). Hab.: China Sea (Kiener, &c.); Bay of Bengal in 65 fms. (‘‘ Investigator” Coll. in India Mus.). P. testa elongato ficiformt, tenut, albidd, brunneonebulosa, strus, longitudinalibus exilissimis, transversis eminenttoribus, Planulatis ; apertura intus brunned, labio externo albido ; long. 4y45 une. lat. 2735 une. Ods. A shell of more slender proportions than the other Figs., and apparently very distinguishable by the characters given above. There are several specimens in this collection, but the locality has not been preserved with any of them.” Such is the description given by Sowerby of his P. gvacztis, and it seems to me that it can only apply to the species commonly known as P. Dussumieri. It is catalogued by M. Petit (J. de Conch., 1852, p. 149) as a distinct species with the locality ‘‘ Golfe du Mexique.” The only species at present known from that locality is P. papyracea, and Sowerby’s description does not suit that shell. The term “ brunneo-nebulosa” and the flattened ridges are charac- teristeric of Dussumiert and not of papyracea, the only form with which it couid possibly be confounded. The P. elongata of Gray described a year previous to the publication of P. Dussumiert, is evidently the same species, for the description in Beechey’s Voyage, although brief, is applicable to that form only. 5. Pirula ventricosa, Sowerby. Pirula ventricosa, Sowerby. Tankerville Cat. Appendix, p. xvi. (1825). Bulla decussata, Wood. Index test. supp., p. 9, pl. lil, f. 3 (1828). Pyrula ventricosa, Kiener. Icon. Coq. Viv., p. 27, pl. xil., f. 2. Ficula decussata, Reeve. Con. Icon., f. 3. Ficula decussata, Kobelt. Con. Cab., ed. 2, p. 10, pl. xxiv., f. 3. Ficula reticulata, Sowerby. Thes. Con., vol. iv., p. 110, pl. 423, f. 6, 7. Pyrula decussata, Tryon. Man. Conch., vol. vii., p. 266, pl. vi., f. 34. Ficus decussatus, Chenu. Man. Conch., vol. i., p. 211, f. 1151. Hab.: Gulf of California, Panama, and other localities on the west coast of Central America. SMITH : RECENT SPECIES OF THE GENUS PIRULA, LAMARCK. 69 With the exception of Kiener all the monographers have designated this species by the name decussata, proposed by Wood in 1828. Three years previcusly, however, Sowerby had described it as P. ventricosa, which name on account of priority should be employed. 6. Pirula filosa, Sowerby. Pyrula filosa, Sowerby. Conchologist, vol. ii., p. 74. Hab.: Hong Kong. ‘“This species may readily be recognised by its numerous and regular transverse brown lines,” and “its cancellating ridges are more prominent, regular, and distant” than in other recent species. 7. Pirula peilucida (Deshayes). Ficus pellucidus, Deshayes. Journ. de Conch., 1856, p. 184, pl. vi., HGS! 0,2: Hab. P This species has been regarded by Kobelt and Tryon as a variety of P. ficus. The marked difference of colour and form, besides the opinion of such a master in conchology as Deshayes, seem to me to indicate or almost prove the distinctness of the species. 8. Pirula tessellata (Kobelt). Ficula tessellata, Kobelt. Conch. Cab., ed. 2, p. 12, pl. i, fi 3. Pyrula tessellata, Tryon. Man. Conch., vol. vii., p. 267, pl. v., f. 31 (after Kobelt). Ficula reticulata (partim), Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. iv., pl. 423, f. 2. Hab.: Australia (Kobelt) ; Rosemary Is. { Dampier Archipelago], Australia (Tryon) ; Swan River (Mus. Cuming). Neither of the three specimens of this species in the British Museum have the two pale brownish bands described by Kobelt- They are quite white excepting the transverse series of subquadrate brownish spots. 9. Pirula investigatoris, Smith. Sycotypus sp., Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1891, Vol. Vil. "ps 25, Cut 2: Sycotypus investigatorts 1d. MSS. Pirula investigatoris, Smith. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1894, vol. xiv., Dp: 3076 Hab.: Off Ganjam coast, east coast of India, in 98-102 fathoms, on a sandy bottom. A species of thin texture, more ventricose and with a higher spire than any of the other recent forms. It is as smooth and finely sculptured as P. ficus. 70 COLLINGE: GENERATIVE ANATOMY OF AMALIA MARGINATA. ON THE GENERATIVE ANATOMY OF AMALIA MARGINATA, DRAP., AND SOME REMARKS UPON THE GENUS. By WALI Rare OF LINGiEs Demonstrator of Zoology and Comparative Anatoniy, Mason College, Birmingham. I am indebted to the kindness of Lieut.-Colonel G. S. Parry for a series of examples of Amadza collected by him in Tenerife. They are all in beautiful condition. I am therefore able to give an account of the animal and the anatomy of its generative system in some detail. The Amaia which has generally been accredited to Tenerife is the Zimax (Amalia) carinata, a’ Orb., who in 1839 described and figured this species.’ As has been pointed out by Cockerell,’ the figures “suggest at first sight some Parmacella.” The name carinata being preoccupied, Bourguignat* re-named the species from d’ Orbigny’s figures, terming it Zémax polyptyclus— an eminently scientific and simple method of species making, and thoroughly characteristic of the Bourguignat school ! Mabille in 1868 proposed the new genus La//emantia, in which he classed it. Later malacologists, content with external appear- ances, only removed the species to the genus Amad/za, classing it as a variety or synonym of gagates. D’ Orbigny states that it is rare and inhabits the mountains near Santa Cruz. I think there can be no doubt but that the slug of d’Orbigny figured, and upon whose figures Bourguignat exercised his ingenious imagination, is the one which Lieut.-Colonel G. S. Parry has recently collected, and which I am here describing. Amalia marginata, Drap. Animal (in alcohol). The whole of the dorsal region of the body is a bluish sepia, shading to an ochreous colour on the sides, which are minutely peppered with fine sepia and grey points. Head and tentacles lighter. The body is more attenuated than gagafes and the mantle is oval with a circular cap-like protuberance in the 1 Moll. Canar., 1839, p. 47, pl. iii., figs. 4 to 8. 2 Ann. Mag. N. H., 1891, p. 335- * Aménités Malacologiques, T. ii., p. 148. COLLINGE: GENERATIVE ANATOMY OF AMALIA MARGINATA. 7I posterior portion, the anterior lobe so typical of gagates is almost wanting. The posterior portion of the mantle is faintly marked with dark lateral bands. Keel straight and prominent. Foot-fringe yellowish-brown, with darker lineoles, foot-sole yellowish-brown with median plane distinct. Length in alcohol 35 millim. Habitat.—Santa Cruz and Orotava, Tenerife. ‘‘ Fairly abundant under stones.” (Lt.-Col. G. S. Parry). ac. gl. as [ = i e/—sp. d. Generative system of Amalia marginata, Drap. ac. gl.—Accessory gland. pr.—Prostate. alb. gl.—Albumen gland. r.—Retractor muscle. h. d.—Hermaphrodite duct. r. s.—Receptaculum seminis. h. gl.—Hermaphrodite gland. sp. d.—Sperm duct. ov.—Oviduct. v.—Vestibule. ov’.—Free oviduct. v. d.—Vas deferens. Anatomy of Generative System. There is a single vestibule to the side of which a large accessory gland is connected. ‘This organ is bilobed, the inner lobe being the smaller of the two. Inthe example figured by Simroth* (T. x., fig. 1, xi. B.) the two lobes are distinct from one another. These + Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., 1885, Bd. xlii., pp. 203-366. 72 COLLINGE: GENERATIVE ANATOMY OF AMALIA MARGINATA. accessory glands are very variable in all species of Amadia. Scharff? records an example of A. gagates, Drap., in which there were as many as four glands. From the ventral surface of the vestibule the free oviduct passes off as a wide tube. Dorsally the receptaculum seminis and sperm-duct pass off. The receptaculum seminis is exceedingly large, it gradually enlarges in size from its commence- ment, and terminates in a blunt point. The sperm duct in all the specimens I have examined differs from that figured by Simroth. It is V-shaped as in gagazes, but the outer arm is the larger, a series of faintly-coloured rings encircle this, which is expanded in a globose manner. ‘The figure given in Iessona and Pollonera’s Monograph® (T. ii. f 14) is poor and not at all characteristic of the species, which might be said of most of the drawings of the generative organs of the species of Amalia there figured. A short vas deferens passes from the apex of the sperm duct and traverses the side of the free oviduct, opening into the prostate. The common duct is richly convoluted, the oviducal and prostatic portions being very distinct. ‘There is a large albumen gland. The hermaphrodite gland is somewhat small and very constant in all the specimens examined, consisting of a series of small glands forming a somewhat triangular mass. ‘Che hermaphrodite duct is a fine tube, but little convoluted. Respecting the classification of the species of Amada, I would place the following as well marked and distinct species, both externally and internally they are easily distinguished from one another. 1. Amalia gagates, Drap. 2. Amalia marginata, Drap. Amalia sowerbit, Fer. Amatia gracilis, Leyd. Amalia robict, Simr. Amalia cretica, Simr. 7. Amalia cristata, Kal. AREY I do not say that these are all the distinct species of the genus, but only those which at present I am able to express an opinion upon. If the external and internal character of these species were better known we should have far fewer so-called new species. Many of the gagates group will, as soon as their anatomy is investigated, be found to be simply varieties of that species. I refer to such forms as A/umbea, Moq., mediterranea, Ckll., maura, Q. & G., tasmanica and nigricolus, ‘Tate. 5 Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc., 1891, vol. iv., pp. 513-562, 2 pls. 5 Monog. d. Limacidi Italiani, 1882, pp. 1-82, T. i.-iii. NOTES. 73 The species of the Swéamalia section of Pollonera are well worthy of a much more careful anatomical study than they have yet received. Such forms as A. cretica and A. robici, Simr., will probably throw much light upon the structure and affinities of the genus which is at present very desirable. Out of seventy adult examples of A. sozerbiz which I dissected the amount of variation was exceedingly small, and by no means so well marked as the differences found in young specimens. In A. gagates even slight variations were not at all common, although one or two occurred in the form and number of the accessory glands and the constrictions in the sperm-duct, neither points of great importance. The constancy in this genus of the generative organs certainly makes these a very safe character for basing specific distinctions on, and as soon as the minor differences are figured and described—if they exist—in the many doubtful forms, the sooner will the limits, &c., of the genus be better understood. NOTES. Mollusca as Purifiers of Water. A use, novel to me, of pond snails by the Chinese silk growers is described in an official work which caught my eye by chance. This waif of malacological information is so certain to escape recorders that I transcribe the passage for the Journal of Malacology. Report on Silk. Imperial Maritime Customs of China, ii., Special Series, No. 3; Shanghai, 1881, p. 57. *«The water used for reeling silk is taken from mountain streams, as being the cleanest ; the water from wells is never used; and if mountain water cannot be had, river water is taken, which is cleaned by putting a pint of live shellfish to one jar of water. There is a special kind of shellfish, called the pure water shell- fish [here follows the vernacular name in Chinese characters] (hg. xxiv.), found everywhere in ponds, wells, and creeks. They first of all sink to the bottom of the jar, and then by degrees make their way up its sides, consuming gradually all impurities in the water within half a day or so. After the clean water has been drawn from the jar, the shellfish are cleansed and put to the same duty again.” As the three coloured figures are drawn in Chinese perspective the species cannot be certainly identified. They are, however, sufficiently like Reeve’s figure (Conch. Icon., vol. xiv., Paludina, pl. iv., f. 18) of Vivipara chinensis, Gray, to assume that this the artist endeavoured to portray.—CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney. Note on the Value of Laimodonta. I regret to suggest the alteration of a generic name, but I think for the reasons appearing below that Lazodonta can hardly stand, and therefore propose : Enterodonta, nom. nov. 1855 (Jan.). Lazwodonta, H. and A. Adams, P.Z.S., 1854, p. 34- Non. 1841. Lazmodon, G. R. Gray, Genera of Birds, ed. 2, p. 49. Non. 1846. Lemodonta, Philippi, Zeischr. fur Mal., p. 98. Non. 1847. Laimodonta, Bronn, Preisver. Ausl. Konch. Mus. Heidelberg. Nes jb de Non. ? Lice Nuttall, MS. 74 NOTES. Gray’s name was only a new name for an already preoccupied genus of the Picide, and so would stand on its bare publication; it was, however, fully described in his subsequent larger work, which also antedates Messrs. Adams. The paper by these authors appeared in the P.Z.S. eight months prior to the part of their ‘‘ Genera of Recent Mollusca,” which contained the name. Bronn’s Laimodonta was never described, and the name only appeared in a sale catalogue, the type is probably /Plecotrema striatum, Phil. (sp.). Philippi used, and misspelt, the name in consequence of shells that he received from Bronn ; he did not describe it. I cannot tind that Nuttall ever published the name, though most authors seem to have given him credit for itt—E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., London. Reviews of the ‘Manual of Conchology.” In looking over the reviews of the Manual of Conchology in the ‘‘ Journal of Malacology,” I have been forcibly struck by the widely different conceptions of the functions of a reviewer held by ‘*E. R. S.” and myself. I have believed that such notices as these should primarily give an idea of the new or original views advanced in the publications noticed, and the more faithfully these are mirrored, the better the review; typographical errors and misprints being (secondarily) indicated. ‘*E. R. S.” seems to act on the theory that original views (except in so far as these are expressed in ew names—a very different thing from xew zdeas) are not worth space, which is given up largely to the correction of supposed ‘‘slips” and ‘* printers’ errors.” Even these would be of use were they well founded, but to attempt corrections without being familiar with the subjects treated is dangerous, and should not lightly be essayed. ‘* Don’t monkey with the buzz saw,” as the sign reads in a Western saw-mill. In the March Journal, ‘‘E. R. S.” says ‘* Hedleyeconcha, a horrible name” ; but was the name as I wrote it as bad as this incorrect spelling? And then ‘‘E. R. S.” adds a syllable to 7haumatodon, making it Zhawminatodon, a name I never proposed, and a stumbling-block to future nomenclators. Again, in the June issue he says that the key to Sagda would ‘‘be of more use if S. javyana and S. /aminifera did not appear in more than one section of it,” which is not true, as provision had to be made for the wide variation of certain species ; and, moreover, ‘‘.S. daminifera” is E. R. S.’s name, not mine. I wrote /amellifera. I never heard of ‘‘ S. daminifera” before. Can it be a ‘‘ slip” of my worthy critic, like ‘‘ Hed/eyeconcha,” ‘* Thauminatodon,” &c.? Inthe September Journal, ‘‘E. R. S.” says: ‘‘Slips such as ‘ Fischer’ for ‘ Fischer de Waldheim,’ and printers’ errors such as ‘ Acteon’ are too numerous.” The first of these was no ‘‘slip,” but an intentional contraction supposed to be allowable in view of the fact that the full name appears in the generic caption on the same page. As to ‘‘ Acteon,” if ‘*E. R. S.” had looked up the reference in which I use this spelling, he would see that I quote it faithfully. _ And so I could go on, showing many more errors on the part of ‘*E. R. S.,” but caz 4ono? As long as human nature remains what it is, critics will shoot their little arrows; and it this target of mine affords them amusement, surely I should not complain, but rather be grateful if sometimes a true shot nails error in view of the scientific field.—H. A. Pirspry, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. It is a popular superstition with authors that critics who do not agree with them are incompetent, and Mr. Pilsbry is no exception to the general rule. He complains that I do not refer to his ‘‘new or original views”; if, however, I consider that there are none ina particular work, I cannot mention them. As to what constitutes ‘‘ original views,” each critic must form his own opinion. A review such as he seems to desire would take up more space than can be spared. Mr. Pilsbry must remember that, saying that 7 am not familiar with subject, does not prove that Ae is. ‘‘ No case, abuse your adversary,” is a good old saying. Seriously, however, I have much admiration for the good work Mr. Pilsbry has done and is doing. The point of my remark as to Hedleyoconcha is that a modern surname combined with a Greek word is not a good generic name. The key to Sagda is, in my opinion, founded on an insecure basis ; the two species do undoubtedly occur in more than one section of it, namely in (a a) and (aaa), and, if Mr. Pilsbry cannot fit the species in without this occurring, he can hardly expect me to praise it. That is the point of the criticism to which CURRENT LITERATURE. 75 he should address himself. The deliberate use of ‘‘ Fischer” for ‘‘ Fischer de Waldheim” cannot be right, as it would lead readers to believe that Dr. Paul Fischer was intended ; the contraction could serve no useful purpose, as there is plenty of room at the close of the paragraph in which it occurs. The name of ‘* Fischer ” occurring after the family name on the page before would increase the confusion. If it were allowable to contract the name, then the full name should be printed before the contraction and not after. If readers will refer to the use of ‘* Acteow” (ser. I, part 59, p. 153), they will see that it is not referred to as a quotation, as Mr. Pilsbry states in error; the full sentence is, ‘‘ This species is the type of the genera Acteon, Tornatella, and Speo.” Really Mr. Pilsbry should not expect me to be better acquainted with his works than he is himself. I shall not carry on this controversy further, for, as he wisely remarks, Czz dono? It isa pity that this did not occur to him earlier.—E. R. S. CURRENT LITERATURE. In order to make the following Bibliography’ as complete as possible, the Editor invites the co-operation of British and foreign authors. All communications should be addressed to the Editor, the “ Journal of Malacology,” Mason College, Birmingham, England. MALACOLOGY IN GENERAL. Taylor, John W.—A Monograph of the L. and F. M. of the British Isles. Part 1., pp. 1-64. I pl., 138 figs. ; Leeds: Taylor Bros., Oct. 1894. A work on the L. and F. Mollusca of the British Isles, which would incor- porate the latest views of all schools of workers, has long been wanted, and that the present publication, when complete, will form a valuable addition to the literature of the subject, there can be little doubt. Part 1 deals with the History, Classification, Nomenclature, Synonymy, and Shell. The views of most authors are set forth in a fair and concise manner, a feature which we trust will continue to characterise the work. . Even should there be much in the systematic portion to which we shall be unable to assent, or however adversely we regard the same, we feel the amount of time and energy that has been expended, the care and patience with which material has been collected, and the manner in which the same is now arranged, well merit the support of all who are interested in this section of the mollusca. Mr. Taylor is to be congratulated “upon the style of production and illustration, which leave nothing to be desired. We trust we shall not have to wait Jong for future parts, but that the support given to the present issue will stimulate the author to a speedy publication. Vio 185 (C STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENT. Babor, J. F.—Uber den Cyclus der Geschlechtoentwicklung der Stylommato- phoren. Verhandl. d. Deutsch. Zool. Gesell., 1894, pp. 55-61, figs. I-10. This interesting paper details some very valuable observations upon the variation of the generative organs of certain molluscs. A large number of cases are reported where either the male or female organs were absent, ¢.g., those of Biétrix (A. pomatia\, Giard (Pterotrachea), Fewkes and Barrois (Paludina), Collinge (A. aspersa and Arion intermedius), Simroth (V2triva and Agr. levis). 76 CURRENT LITERATURE. The author describes a number of cases of variation in Agr. /evis and many other molluscs. Such observations as these only emphasise how important it is to establish really sound anatomical features for purposes of classification, and the absurdity of making new species upon slight variations. —W. E.C. Baker, F. C.—Further notes on the Embryonic whorls of the Muricide. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1894, pp. 223-4. Fischer, H.—Note sur le bras hectocolylisé de ? Octopus vulgaris, Lamarck. Journ. de Conchy., 1894, pp. 13-19, I fig. Kishinouyo, K.—Note on the eyes of Cardium muticum, Reeve. Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Japan., 1894, vol. vi., pp. 279-86, pl. ix. Pace, S.—Notes on the Anatomy of Budlimulus auris-sciuri, Guppy. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 151-2, figs. Tocl, K.—Poznamky o Bojanovu organu Trachovky Spherium rivicola, Leach. Sitz. Gesel. d. wiss. Math.—Nat., Prag., 1894, pp. 1-7, T. vii. Vayssiere, A.—Etude de la Scisserella costata, var. levigata. Journ. de Conchy., 1894, pp. 19-29, pl. ii. Woodward, M. F.—On the Anatomy of Pterocera. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 143-50, pl. xi. CLASSIFICATION, NOMENCLATURE, NEW GENERA AND SPECIES. Ancey, C. F.—Résultat des recherches malacologiques de Mgr. Lechaptois sur les bords du lac Nyassa et de la riviere Shiré. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1894, T. vii., pp. 217-34. ‘ New species of Achatina, Unio, Spathella, and Mutela. Brot, A.—On some new species of JAZe/ania from Palawan and the neighbour- hood. Proc. Malac. Soc., Lond., 1894, vol. 1, pp.,175-77, figs. 1-6. Collinge, Walter E.—Description of a New Species of Slug of the genus Janella. Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1894, pp. 526-30, fig. 5. ‘* Janella maculata, sp. nov. Animal much flatter than _/. dz¢tentaculata. Dorso-median groove distinct and continuous to the tip of the tail. Ground-colour dirty yellow, with numerous irregular black spots and dashes ; a large, black, oval-shaped mark immediately behind the pulmonary orifice. Head slightly lighter than the rest of the body. Foot dirty yellow, marginal portions distinct from median plane. Pulmonary orifice small and inconspicuous. Length in alcohol 33 millim. Habitat.—Forty Mile Bush, North Island, New Zealand (H. Suter).” This species differs from /. dtentacelata in the form and length of the free oviduct and penis, the shortness of the common duct, the form and divisions of the hermaphrodite gland, the distinct form of the albumen-gland, and the minor differences in the liver, colour of the animal, and general flattened form of the whole of the body. Coutagne, G.—Les Cyclostomes de la Faune Francaise. Feu. Jeun. Nat., 1894, No. 287, pp. 170-2. The author states there are three species of Cyc/ostoma in France, viz., C. asteum, Bgt., C. elegans, Miill., and C. sudcatum, Drap. [C. asteum appears to be only a smooth form of C. eegans. ] CURRENT LITERATURE. eh Dautzenberg, Ph.—Descr. d’un Heéliciéen nouv. prov. de la cote occidentale du Maroc. Bull. Soc. Zool., France, 1894, T. xix, p. 17. Fleck, Ed. — Notiz zu Helix (Dorcasia) alexandri, Gray. Ber. Senck. Nat. Ges. Frankf., 1894, pp. 94-5. Hedley, C.—On some naked Australian Marine Mollusca, pt. i. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. ix., pp. 126-8, pl. vil. Oscanius hilli is a new species, most nearly allied to O. tuderciulatus from the Mediterranean. Hedley, C.—Calliostoma purpureocinctum, n. sp. Lbid., pp. 35-36. Henn, Arnold U., and Brazier, John.—List of Mollusca found at Green Point, Watson’s Bay, Sydney. Jdzd., pp. 165-182, pl. xiv. A very remarkable collection of 1,376 specimens of 155 species, all from one bottle full of shingle and sand! The following are new species: Peristernza 1, Clathurella 1, Vanikoro 1, Turbonilla 1, Eulimella 1, Odostomia 2 [éndistincta is already preoccupied in Odostomia], Bittiwm 1, 7rzforis 1, Rissoia 2, Homalogyra 1, Glyphis 1, Puncturella 1, and Marginella 1. Jousseaume, F.—Description d’une coquille nouvelle. Le Nat., 1894, p. 186. A new Axina. Jousseaume, F.—Descriptions des coquilles nouvelles. ééd., pp. 201-2. Jousseaume, F.—Descriptions des Mollusques nouveaux. Jézd., pp. 228-9. Two new Japanese bivalves. Jousseaume, F.—Moll. recueillis a Ceylan per M. E. Simon, et revision générale des espéces terr. e. fluo.-lacustres de cette ile. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1894, T. vii., pp. 264-300, pl. iv. A general review of the described forms. The following are new: V2tvea 1, Trichia 1, Microcystis 1, Euplectella 1, Plectopylis 2, Hygromia 1, Opeas 1, Glessula 1, Phengus 1, and Cyathopoma 1. Kobelt.—Systematisches Conchylien—Cabinet, Lief 409 (Oct. 1894). Contains part of the Achatinide (vol. i., Heft. cxxiv., pp. 73-104, T. 24-29. Melvill, J. C.—Description of a new sp. of Exgina (EZ. epidromidea) from Bombay. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. 1., p. 162, fig. Pilsbry, H. A.—Remarks on the status of species and sub-species. Naut., 1894, vol. vill., pp. 49-52. Pilsbry, H. A.—Descriptive notices of new Chitons. Jézd., pp. 53-6. Pilsbry, H. A.—The American species of Carychium. Jbid., pp. 61-3. Practically a reprint from Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1891. Pilsbry, H. A.—Perostylus, the embryo of Megalatractus. Jbid., pp. 67-9. Mr. Pilsbry candidly withdraws his new genus, admitting it to be only an embryo shell. Pilsbry, H. A.—Patella kermadecensis. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1894, pp. 208-12, pl. vil.-viil. Mr. Pilsbry insists that, despite Mr. Brazier’s views to the contrary, the species really comes from the Kermadecs, and that P. pz/sbryz, Brazier, should therefore fall into the synonymy. Schmacker, B., and Boettger, O.—Descrs. of some Chinese Land Shells. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., pp. 169-74, pt. of pl. viii. 78 CURRENT LITERATURE. Schwarz, E. H. L.—The descent of the Octofoda. Journ. Mar. Zool., 1894, vol. i., pp. 87-92. The author proposes ‘‘ the division of the Cephalopoda into the Zvdocochlia and the £ctocochlia ; the first including the Belemnitede, Sepiade, Teuthide, and Spirulide, while the second includes the MNaztiloidea, Ammonotdea, and the Octopoda.” [The names are not very convenient as Lxtoconcha and Ectoconcha have already been used in divisions of the Ofisthobranchiata. | Simpson, C. T.—Types of Anodonta dejecta rediscovered. Naut., 1894, vol. vili., pp. 52-3. Smith, Edgar A.—On a small coll. of L. and F. Shells from Oman, Arabia. Proc. Malac. Soc., Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 141-2, figs. 1-3. The new species are ABuliminus omanensis, B. jousseaumet, and Limnea arabica. Smith, Edgar A.—A List of the L. and F. M. coll. by Dr. J. W. Gregory in E. Africa, &c. /bid., pp. 163-68, figs. 1-5. A new species of Dendrolimax (sp. ?) is described, and numerous other L. and F. Molluscs. Smith, Edgar A.—A List of the Bornean Species of the Genus Ofisthostoma and Descrs. of four new Species. Ann. Mag. N. H., 1894, pp. 269-73. Sowerby, G. B.—Descrs. of new sp. of Marine Shells from the neighbourhood of Hong-Kong. Proc. Malac. Soc., Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 153-9, pl. xii. Sowerby, G. B.—Descrs. of four new shells from the Persian Gulf and Bay of Zaila. Jbid., pp. 160-1, pt. of pl. xii. Taylor, G. W.—Note on Helctoniscus nigrisguamatus, Reeve, sp. Mr. Taylor unites Patella grata, Gld., P. boninensis, Pilsbry, and P. stearnsz?, Pilsbry, with this species. Mr. Pilsbry dissents in a footnote from the last identification. Westerlund, C. A.—Neue Binnen-Conchylien aus der Palaarktischen Region. Nachr. Deusch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp. 163-77. Many new species, all unfigured. PHYSIOLOGY, HABITS AND CONDITIONS OF LIFE. Herdman, W. A.—Report on the methods of Oyster and Mussel culture in use on the W. Coast of France. Proc. and Trans. L’pool. Biol. Soc., 1894, vol. vil., pp. 97-134, pls. vi-viii. Longridge, C. C.—Continental Oyster Culture. Zool., 1894, pp. 261-378. Montfort, R.—Protecting Piles against the ‘‘ Zeredo navalis” on the Louisville and Nashville Railroad Company’s Lines. Transactions of the American Society of Civil Engineers, Feb. 1894, vol. xxxi, No. 2, pp. 221-248, Plates xxvii-xxx. This paper and ensuing discussion contains much to interest Conchologists, though likely from its position to escape their notice. In the warm waters of the Gulf of Mexico the growth of Zevedo is observed to be more rapid than in the Eastern States or North Europe. Three months’ exposure suffices there to riddle an 18 in. pile. The creosote with which piles are saturated was found to be washed out in time. As the best protection for piles a concrete shell is recommended. CURRENT LITERATURE. 79 SPECIAL FAUNA AND DISTRIBUTION. Bavay.—La Patrie de ? Heltx Quimperiana. Feu. Jeun. Nat., 1894, pp. 155-7« Bougon.—Le bruit de mer des coquillages. Le Nat., 1894, pp. 221-2. Call, R. E.—Geographic and Hypsometric distribution of N. American Vivi- paride. Am, Journ. Sci., vol. xlviii., pp. 132-41, and map. An exhaustive review of the distribution of Zzlotoma, Vivipara, and Lioplax in the States ; the map is not very clear. Dautzenberg, Ph.—Moll. marins de St. Jean-de-Luz. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, T. vil., pp. 235-6. Garstang, Walter.—Faunistic Notes at Plymouth during 1893-4. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assocn., 1894, vol. lii., pp. 210-35. Mollusca at pp. 219-21, 225-6, and 231. Hedley, C.—A Trip to Nth. Queensland (by D. Le Souéf) (Moll. by C. Hedley). Victorian Nat., 1894, pp. 30-31. Papuina cerea, n. sp. Hedley, C.—The Faunal Regions of Australia. Aust. Assocn. Ad. Sci., 1893, Adelaide, pp. 1-2. Joubin, L.—Note préliminaire sur les Céphalopodes provenant des campagne du yacht I’ Hirondelle. Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1894, T. vii., pp. 211-16. Lons, Hermann.—Funde aus dem Hannoverschen oberharz. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp. 178-80. Phillips, R. AA—L. and F. Moll. of Co. Cork. Journ. Cork Hist. and Arch. Soc., 1894, pp. I-3. An interesting list recording 90 species, making an addition of 31 to the list of Humphreys (1845). Prime, Henry.—Catalogue of L. Shells of Long Island, N.Y. Naut., 1894, vol. vill., pp. 69-70. Roebuck, W. D.—Zimax cinereo-niger at Hayburn Wyke. Nat., 1894, p. 303. Scharff, R. F.—Einige Bemerkungen iiber eine Reise in Corsica. Ber. Sencken. Nat. Gesel., 1894, pp. 153-67, (Moll., pp. 160-2). Smith, Edgar A.—Report upon some Moll. dredged in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. Ann. Mag. N.H., 1894, pp. 157-74, pls. lii-v. Squyer, H.—List of Shells from Mingusville, Montana. Naut., 1894, vol. viii., pp. 63-5. Swanton, E. W.—A List of British Pisidii. Nat. Journ., 1894, pp. 56 and 109. Weiss, A.—Die Conchylienfauna der altpleistocoenen Travertine des Weimarisch- Taubacher lKalktuftbeckens. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesel., 1894, pp. 145-63. Williamson, (Mrs.) M. B.—Abalone or Hadioti?s shells of the Californian Coast. Ann. Nat., 1894, pp. 849-59. Woodward Henry.—Presidential Address to the Malacological Society of London. Pioc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1894, vol. i., pp. 178-98. 80 EDITOR’S NOTES. PALAEONTOLOGY. Caziot.—Indication des Mém., parus et des fossiles décrits appartenant au terrain lacustre d’age crétacé du midi de la France. Feu. Jeun. Nat., 1894, pp. 91-93, 107-109. Clarke, J. M.—azz0 a new Cephalopod. Amer. Geol., 1894, vol. xiv., pp- 205-8, 1 pl. Mr. Crick points out to us that this supposed new form is hard to distinguish from the proto-conch of £ydoceras figured by Holm in Pa/. Abhandl., iii., Hft. i. Crick, G. C.—Jurassic Cephalopoda from Western Australia, 2 pts. Geol. Mag., 1894, pp. 385-93 and 433-41, 2 pls. Several new species of Ammonzttes. Dawson, J. W. and Hind, W.—On the genus Naiadites as occurring in the coal-formation of Nova Scotia. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1894, pp. 435- 42, I pl. Futterer, K.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Jura in Ost-Afrika. Zeit. Deutsch. Geol. Ges., Bd. xlvi., pp. 1-493, 6 pls. Jimbo, K.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Fauna der Kreideformation von Hokkaido. Palzeont. Abhandl., N.F. ii., Hft. 3, pp. 47, 9 pls. Kittl, E.—Die triadischen Gastropoden der Marmolata und verwandter Fundstellen in den weissen Riffkalken Siidtirols. Jahrb. K.K. Geol. Reichsanst, Bd. xlix., pp. 99-182, 6 pls. Locard, A.—Descrs. des Moll. quarternaires nouveaux . . . de Cremieu (Isere). Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, T. xli, pp. 201-20. 1 Succinea, 1 Hyalinia, 7 Helix, 2 Zua. Moricke, W.—Versteinerungen des Lias und Unteroolith von Chile. Neues Jahrb., Beil. Bd. ix., pp. 1-100, 6 pls. Schwarz, E. H. L.—The Aptychus. Geol. Mag., 1894, pp. 454-9, figs. BIOGRAPHICAL. Anon.—Isaiah Gregor (obituary). Naut., 1894, vol. viii., pp. 56-7. Crosse.—Paul Fischer (with portrait). Journ. de Conchy., 1894, pp. 6-12. EDITOR’S NOTES. I trust that those malacologists who have so generously supported my efforts in the past will continue to support those of Mr. Webb and myself in the future, so that volume iii. when complete may be a great advance upon either of its predecessors. One of the main features of the Journal—the ‘‘ Bibliography ’””—will be continued and made even more complete than in the past. To those authors who have assisted in the past I am deeply grateful, and especially to Mr. E. R. Sykes for his labours in this department. No. 1. MARCH 24th, 1894. Vol. Il. THE JOURNAL MALACOLOGY Established in 1890 as “ Ohe Conchologist, a ournal of (Malacology.” EDITED BY WV dg. i. COLL, Lec INiG see Mason Coiiece, BirMINGHAM ; WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF | us | in UA-COL. HH. He GODWIN-AUSTEN,, EH. RiSi,cheGos.. Ho Zeoeeecer HascomBe, GODALMING; Rev. A. HoaCOOKE, MA; IeZ.s., Hake SY IKHS,) BeAc whe ZaSes Kinc’s CoLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE} LONDON 3 CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S., B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S., AUSTRALIAN Museum, SypNEy, N.S.W. ; BritisH Museum (NarTuRAL History), Lonpon. | Confenfs. pace || Note on Vevronicella birmanica, Theobald. is ic Le Walter E. Collinge. I Dr. Paul Fischer. .. : ae AG =e 50 an .. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 3 Note on two varieties of Avion rufus, L. .. as 40 E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. 4 On the validity of Avzon occidentalis, Ckll., a supposed new species—-Walter E, Collinge. 5 Additions and Amendments to the Slug List.. = 29 -- Charles Hedley, F.L.S. 6 The Malacological Society. - Xs as fi e = fs a fe se 7 Notres—Pfeiffer’s Dates of Publication, &c. ae ce .. Charles Hedley, F.L.S. 9 ‘The Journal de Conchyliologie. .. na ve a Walter E. Collinge. 9 ’ Kew’s ‘‘ Dispersal of Shells” .. i ae ae Ao Current Literature { so oe Manual of cea aes ce acre a5 es > oo = Editor’s Notes. “The Journal of Malacology” is published once a quarter, and issued to subscribers only. The prepaid Annual Subscription is 4s. qd. LONDON oe ai Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHo SQuARE. BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II. All communications should be addressed— W. E. COLLINGE, MASON COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND. il. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. A Check List of the Slugs, by Prof. T. D. A. CocKERELL, F.Z.S., with Appendix and Notes, by Water E. COLLINGE, pp. 60; 2s. 6d. A Catalogue of the Slugs of the British Isles, 1892, pp. 1-4, 6d. ‘© The Conchologist,” vol. i., pts. 1-4, pp. 1-60, 1 pl. ; 3s. 6d. “The Conchologist,” vol. ii., pts. 1-8, pp. 1-232, pls. 1-11; 8s. 6d. All Communications to W. E. COLLINGE, Mason College, Birmingham. ener Ree A LARGE AND CHOICE Stock of Recent Shells for Sale or Exchange. Collections and Specimens bought. Typical Collections for Museums. EXCHANGES MADE FOR SPECIES NOT IN STOCK. Now on View, PLEUROTOMARIA BEYRICHII, Casts and Photographs in Preparation. Glass-topped Boxes, Card Trays, &c., manufactured on the premises and supplied promptly at moderate prices. Before sending elsewhere send for my Price List. HUGH FULTON, 216, King’s Road, LONDON, S.W. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHO SQUARE, LONDON, W. Férussac et Deshayes.—Hist. Nat. gen. e. part, d. Moll. Paris, 1820-51, 4 vols. Fine copy, bound in Morocco, gilt top, plate mounted on guards. £24. Férussac et D’Orbigny.—Hist. Nat. d. Céphalopodes Acétab. viv. e. fos. Paris, 1835-48, 2 vols., 4to, cloth, with 144 plates (some coloured). £12. Hanley and Theobald.—Conchologica Indica. Illustrations of the L. & F. Shells of British India. London, 1876, 4to, 160 coloured plates, cloth, new (pub. at £8 5s.). 44 14s. 6d. Hudleston and Wilson.—-Catal. of British Jurassic Gasteropoda. 1892. 8vo, cloth. 7s. 6d. Journal de Conchyliogie.—Complete set from the commencement in 1850 to the end of 1881. Paris, 29 vols.. 8vo, numerous plates (mostly coloured). 417. Proc. of the Malacological Society of London.—Vol. i., No. 1, 8vo, with 2 plates. s/- net, postage extra. - Our Catalogue of the Literature on Mullosca, 72 pp., will be sent post free on application. THE JOURNAL OF MARINE ZOOLOGY & MICROSCOPY. A PLAINLY-WORDED BIOLOGICAL QUARTERLY. Edited by JAMES HORNELL. Joint Director of the Jersey Biological Station. The first number now ready, contains among offer articles of general interest, the following :— ZOOLOGICAL SECTION.—(1) The Habits of the Octopus ; (2) The Colouration of Sponges; (3) Albinism among Marine Animals; (4) Parti-colouration among Cephalopods ; (5) The Hunting Tactics of the John Dory; (6) The Dispersion of Ova among Tube-building Worms, &c.. &c. MICROSCOPICAL SECTION.—(1) On Lucernaria octoradiata; (2) On the Pelagic Worm Tomopteris ; (3) On the Pelagic Ascidian Sa/fa. The three Microscopical Studies deal in pleasant but evac¢ manner with the anatomy, life-history, and habits of the respective animals, and are accompanied by two hand-coloured plates of great excellence. Single numbers, 6d., by post 7d. Annual Subscription (payable in advance to SINEL & HORNELL, Biological Station, JEKSEyY), 2/-, post free. JersEY: SINEL & HORNELL. Lonpon : ELLIOT STOCK. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. ill. THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator. The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent molluscs, arranged according to natural affinities, and includes a large number of species never before figured or new t science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the FIRST SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which thirteen volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which seven volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3000 per part. Coloured Edition $ 5:00 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $ 8-oo per part. Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, JuN. A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one. Cloth. Price, $6.00. For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plate of the Manual of Conchology, address :— S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer. P. O. Address, GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. DES SNAG ACLIS IS. <)OUI Naa, An Ideal Magazine for Collectors and Students of Natural History. Edited by H. K. SWANN, With the assistance of ALBERT H. WATERS, B.A., A. FORD and H. DURRANT. Price 2d monthly. Contains original articles on all branches of Natural History by well-known writers, Reports of Field Clubs and Societies, Monthly Hints for Field Naturalists, etc. ; also Free Exchange Column. Special attention is given to the recording of interesting captures and occurrences from all parts of the British Islands. Malacology receives prominent attention. During the next few months contributions from the following writers, among others, will appear :—Rev. HILperRIC FRIEND, F.L.S.; G. H. Bryan, M.A.; Rev. E. N. BLooMFIELD, M.A., F.E.S.; ARTHUR PaTTERrsON; E. W. Swanton; W. H. Batu, &c. Annual subscription, 2s. 6d. ; Vol. II. commenced July, 1893. Vol. I., unbound, post free, rs. 3d_ Specimen copy 13d. Address ad/ communications to H. K. SWANN, 369, Euston Rd., London, N.W, May be ordered through any Bookseller. LONDON: ELLIOT STOCK, 62, PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CFASR > IR AUS Sore 1), BERLIN: “Niwe Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on IV Ges ee CO AM 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS: — 1. Scripta miscellanea. 2. Faunz Malacologice. 3. Gasteropoda. 4. Lamellibranchiata. 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and Scaphopoda. 6. Cephalopoda. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and Brachiopoda). 8. Tunicata (Ascidz and Salpz). 9. Mollusca fossilia. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. iv. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. CONCHOLOGY, GEOLOGY, ZOOLOGY, &c. ROBERT F. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the Largest Stock of Natural History Specimens of any dealer in Great Britain. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 3? hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogues sent on Application. N.B.—A FINE SERIES OF FOSSIL FISHES. Thousands of Specimens to select from. SETS FROM £10 TO £100. G B. SsownhReyY. 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), 41 10s. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named and arranged. COLLECTIONS PURCHASED, BOOKS BY G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S. ‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum.” In Parts or Monographs. Parts 1. to 44. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species, Price, £1 15s. (£1 Ios. net.) Marine Shells of South Africa. A catalogue of all the known species, with references, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. Price, 12s. net. ; THE IRISH NATURALIST. BWonthlp Bournal of General Srish BWatfural Hisforpn. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., AND R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.1.A. Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland. Vol. I. (1892), in paper boards, price 3s. 6d., includes ‘The Irish Land and Freshwater Mollusca,” by Dr. R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 3s. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. P@ed by MCCorquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds No. 2. JUNE 25th, oad Vol. Ill. THE JOURNAL - MALACOLOG Established in 1890 as “The Conchologist, a Hournal of (#Halacologn.” EDITED BY WALTER E.-COLLINGE, Mason Co.ieEGE, BIRMINGHAM; WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R-S., F-G.S., FiZ.S., &, | Hascomsg, GODALMING 3; “ ReverAl Hi. COOKE, M.A. F.Z.S., . BSR. SYKES,;B.AScE.Z.S:; Kine’s CoLtLteGce, CAMBRIDGE ; LonpDon ; : | CHARLES HEDLEY, F-L:S., B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S.,.F.R.M.S., | } AUSTRALIAN MuSEuM, SYDNEY, N.S.W. ; BritisH Museum (NATURAL History), Lonpon. Contents. heb On a Case of Protective Resemblance among Slugs. .. a6 .. G. Sherriff Tye. 2 On the Jamaican Species of Veronicella— Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S., and R. R. Larkin. 23 | Additions and Amendments to the Slug List. ats Se bie C. Hedley, F.L.S. 30 | Additions and Amendments to the Slug List. ys e ae : sis 2 es 32 | Note on Liminea auricularia. “8 ae B60 Sc E. R. Sykes, B.A ,.F.Z.S. 34 | The Malacological Society. .. : . a Sc ac 20 26 at Be 36 | Notres—Limax maximus in the City of Mexico. ae Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell. 37 : | Hickson’s Fauna of the Deep Sea. ae oe + Weer. 37 Current seat Poe Introduction a |’Etude d’Moll. Re BG (BV). 37 Tryon’s ‘“‘ Manual of Conchology.” ae an a BaRESs 38 Editor's Notes. a SS SS | “The Journal of Malacology” is published once a quarter, and issued to subscribers only. The prepaid Annual mange is 4s. 4d. LONDON ats Kee Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE. BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II. All communications should be addressed— W. E. COLLINGE, MASON COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND. il THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Published on the 15th of each Month.—Price Sixpence. NEV SERIES. THE BRITISH NATURALIST. A Popular Wagazine of General Batural SMisforp. EDITED BY JOSEPH SMITH, M.R.I.A., F.L.S., anv LINNZEUS GREENING, M.R.LA., F.LS. Annual Subscription, 6s. (post Pee i to The Editors of ‘‘ British Naturalist,” 61, Legh Street, Warrington. Lonpon: E. W. ALLEN, 4, Avemaria Lane. Dusiin: EASON & SON. A LARGE AND CHOICE Stock of Recent Shells for Sale or Exchange. Collections and Specimens bought. Typical Collections for Museums. EXCHANGES MADE FOR SPECIES NOT IN STOCK. Now on View, PLEUROTOMARIA BEYRICHII, Casts and Photographs in Preparation. Glass-topped Boxes, Card Trays, &c., manufactured on the premises and supplied promptly at moderate prices. Before sending elsewhere send for my Price List. HUGH FULTON, 216, King’s Road, LONDON, S.W. DULAU*&- CO. 97; SOHO See: LONDON, W. Férussac et Deshayes.—Hist. Nat. gen. e. part, d. Moll. Paris, 1820-51, 4 vols, Fine copy, bound in Morocco, gilt top, plate mounted on guards. £24. Férussac et D’Orbigny.—Hist. Nat. d. Céphalopodes Acétab. viv..e. fos. Paris, 1835-48, 2 vols., 4to, cloth, with 144 plates (some coloured). 412. Hanley and Theobald.—Conchologica Indica. Illustrations of the L. & F. Shells of British India. London, 1876, 4to, 160 coloured plates, cloth, new (pub. at £8 5s.). 44 145. 6d. Hudleston and Wilson.—Catal. of British Jurassic Gasteropoda. 1892. 8vo, cloth. 7s. 6d. Journal de Conchyliogie.—Complete set from the commencement in 1850 to the end of 1881. Paris, 29 vols., 8vo, numerous plates (mostly coloured). 417. Proc. of the Malacological Society of London.—Vol. i., No. 1, 8vo, with 2 plates. s/- net, postage extra. Our Catalogue of the Literature on ; nen, 72 Pe , well be sent post free on application. THE JOURNAL OF MARINE ZOOLOGY & MICROSCOPY. A PLAINLY-WORDED BIOLOGICAL QUARTERLY. Edited by JAMES HORNELL. Joint Director of the Jersey Biological Station. The first number now ready, contains among offer articles of general interest, the following :— ZOOLOGICAL SECTION.—(1) The Habits of the Octopus ; (2) The Colouration of Sponges ; (3) Albinism among Marine Animals; (4) Parti-colouration among Cephalopods; (5) The Hunting Sea of the John Dory; (6) The Dispersion of Ova among Tube-building Worms, &c.. MICROSGORIGAL SECTION.—(1) On Lucernaria octoradiata; (2) On the Pelagic Worm Tomopteris ; (3) On the Pelagic Ascidian Sa/fa. The three Microscopical Studies deal in pleasant but exac¢ manner with the anatomy, life-history, and habits of the respective animals, and are accompanied by two hand-coloured plates of great excellence. Single numbers, 6d., by post 7d. Annual Subscription (payable in advance to SINEL & HORNELL, Biological Station, JERsEy), 2/-, post free. Jersey: SINEL & HORNELL. Lonpon: ELLIOT STOCK. THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. ill THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator. The Manual of Conchology is a fully tl/ustrated monography of recent molluscs, arranged according to natural affinities, and includes a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the FIRST SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which thirteen volumes have appeared, and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which seven volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°000 per part. Coloured Edition $ 5*00 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $ 8-oo per part. Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Geo. W. Tryon, JUN. A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one. Cloth. Price, $6.00. For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plate of the Manual of Conchology, address :— S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer. P. O. Address) GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. EE NS BURALIS A S JOURN AME An ideal Magazine for Collectors and Students of Natural History. Edited by H. K. SWANN, With the assistance of ALBERT H. WATERS, B.A., A. FORD and H. DURRANT. Price 2d monthly. Contains original articles on all branches of Natural History by well-known writers, Reports of Field Clubs and Societies, Monthly Hints for Field Naturalists, etc. ; also Free Exchange Column. Special attention is given to the recording of interesting captures and occurrences from all parts of the British Islands. Malacology receives prominent attention. During the next few months contributions from the following writers, among others, will appear :—Rey. HiLpERIC FRIEND, F.L.S.; G. H. Bryan, M.A.; Rev. E. N. BLooMmFIELp, M.A., F.E.S.; ARTHUR PaTTEerRsON; E. W. Swanton; W. H. Baru, &c. Annual subscription, 2s. 6d. ; Vol. II. commenced July, 1893. Vol. I., unbound, post free, 1s. 3d. Specimen copy 14d. Address a/7 communications to H. K. Swann, 369, Euston Rd., London, N.W. May be ordered through any Bookseller. LONDON: ELLIOT STOCK, 62, PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASS EB ti: BERLIN: -NezwWwe Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on a Ga Ea WiC Ase 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS -— 1. Scripta miscellanea. 2. Faunz Malacologice. 3. Gasteropoda. 4. Lamellibranchiata. 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and Scaphopoda. 6. Cephalopoda. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozea, and Brachiopoda). 8. Tunicata (Ascidz and Salpz). 9. Mollusca fossilia. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. iv THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. CONCHOLOGY, GEOLOGY, ZOOLOGY, &c. ROBERT F. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the Largest Stock of Natural History Specimens of any dealer in Great Britain. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 3} hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogues sent on Application. N.B.—A FINE SERIES OF FOSSIL FISHES. Thousands of Specimens to select from. SETS FROM £10 TO £100. G+. B. SOWHR BY, 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 10s. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named and arranged. COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. BOOKS BY G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S. ‘‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum.” In Parts or Monographs. Parts I to 44. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species, Price, £1 15s. (£1 10s. net.) Marine Shells of South Africa. A catalogue of all the known species, with references, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. Price, 12s. net. THE IRISH NATURALIST. A 2BWonthly Bournal of General Srish BAlafural Historn. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc; AND R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.I.A. Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland. Vol. I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘The Irish Land and Freshwater Mollusca,” by Dr. R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893), price 5s. Vol. III. (1894) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messrs. EASON & Son, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. Printed by MCCorquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. THE JOURNAL LOGY Establishey in 1890 as “The Conchologist, a ournal of (Malacology.” EDITED BY WA LTE. Re Be COLE LNGIE: Mason Co.ieGe, BIRMINGHAM 3 ; WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF LIU T-COL; HH: GODWIN-AUSTEN, FUR S:, EiG-S:, FeZiss, (&cz, HaAscoMbBE, GODALMING 3 REV. AL COOKE, M. An, H.Z.S-, BR. SYIKES; BsAs) eZ, Kine’s CoLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE} LONDON ; CHARLES HEDLEY>-F.L.S:; B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S5., AUSTRALIAN Museum, Sypney, N.S.W. ; British Museum (NatTurRAt History), Lonpon. Confenfs. PAGE Note on Avion citrinus, Westerlund. Be ate dé fe .. Joseph B. Babor. 45 On two Clausilie from Sangir and Sumbawa Ae as BE. R. Sykes, BUA“, F:Z.S. 48 Notes on the species of Paludomzus inhabiting Borneo. .. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 49 Note on a species of Lz#zax from Ireland. ae : Walter E. Collinge. 51 Notes—Description of Uvocyclus flavescens (Keferst.).. Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S. 52 Ee “* Manual of Conchology.” ee 38 ae E.ReSe 33 . Simroth on the Chitons. a nit oe de a E.R.S. 3 Current Literature - ; é Ba) a og fee species of Vaginula. .. 2 ats x oie W.E.C. 55 New Portuguese Slugs. a a Be se a6 Wik: 57 Editor's Notes, “The Journal of Malacology” is published once a quarter, and issued to subscribers only. The prepaid Annual Subscription is 4s. qd. LONDON Pc see Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHo Square. BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II. All communications should be addressed— W. E. COLLINGE, MASON COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND. il THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Published on the 15th of each Month.—Price Sixpence. NEW SERIES, THE BRITISH NATURALIST. A Popular BWagazine of General atural Sisfory. EDITED BY JOSEPH SMITH, M.R.1.A., F.L.S., ann LINNAEUS GREENING, M.R.LA., F.L.S. Annual Subscription, 6s. (post free), to The Editors of ‘‘ British Naturalist,” 61, Legh Street, Warrington. Lonpon: E. W. ALLEN, 4, Avemaria Lane. Dustin: EASON & SON. A LARGE AND CHOICE Stock of Recent Shells for Sale or Exchange. Collections and ae bought. Ty pic al Collections for Museums. EXCHANGES MADE FOR SPECIES NOT IN STOCK. A number of new and rare species of Land Shells recently received from China, India, Borneo, Sula and Natuna Is. Also fine marine species from Aden, &c. Glass-topped Boxes, Glass Tubes, Gard: Tray s, &c., supplied promptly at moderate prices. Plan of sizes and price list on application. HUGH FULTON, 216, King’s Road, LONDON, S.W. DULAU: & CO; ‘37, SoHO Bones LONDON, W. Férussac et Deshayes.—Hist. Nat. gen. e. part, d. Moll. Paris, 1820-51, 4 vols. Fine copy, bound in Morocco, gilt top, plate mounted on guards. £24. Férussac et D’Orbigny. —Hist. Nat. d. Céphalopodes Acétab. viv. e. fos. Paris, 1835-48, 2 vols., 4to, cloth, with 144 plates (some coloured). £12. Hanley and Theobald.—Conchologica Indica. Illustrations of the L. & af Shells of British India. London, 1876, 4to, 160 coloured plates, cloth, new (pub. at £8 5s.). -44 14s. 6d. Hudleston and Wilson.—-Catal. of British Jurassic Gasteropoda. 1892. 8vo, cloth. 7s. 6d. Journal de Conchyliogie. -—Complete set from the commencement in 1850 to the end of 1881, Paris, 29 vols.. 8vo, numerous plates (mostly coloured). 417- Proc. of the Malacological Society of London.—Vol. i., No. 1, Svo, with 2 plates, s/- net, postage extra. Our Catalogue of the Literature on Mollusca, 72 pp., will be sent post free on application. THE JOURNAL OF MARINE ZOOLOCY & MICROSCOPY. A PLAINLY-WORDED BIOLOGICAL QUARTERLY. Edited by JAMES HORNELL. Joint Director of the Jersey Biological Station. The first namber now ready, contains among of/ev articles of general interest, the following :— ZOOLOGICAL SECTION.—(x) The Habits of the Octopus ; (2) The Colouration of Sponges ; (3) Albinism among Marine Animals; (4) Parti-colouration among Cephalopods ; (5) The Hunting Tactics of the John Dory; (6) The Dispersion of Ova among Tube-building Worms, &c.. &c. MICROSCOPICAL SECTION. Ad) On Lucernaria octoradiata; (2) On the Pelagic Worm Tomopteris ; (3) On the Pelagic Ascidian Sa@sa. ‘The three Microscopical Studies deal in pleasant but e.rac¢ manner with the anatomy, life-history, and habits of the respective animals, and are accompanied by two hand-coloured plates of great excellence. Single numbers, 6d., by post 7d. Annual Subscription (payable in advance to SINEL & HORNELL, Biological Station, JERSEY), 2/-, post free. Jersey: SINEL & HORNELL. Lonpon: ELLIOT STOCK. THE JOURNAL ‘OF MALACOLOGY. ill THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator. The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent molluscs, arranged according to natural affinities, and includes a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which fourteen volumes have appeared. (The current volume will finish this series) and the SECOND Serres, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which eight volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured Edition $ 5:00 per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $ 8:oo per part. Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. TRYON, JUN. A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT BOOK of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one. Cloth. Price, $ 6.00. For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the Manual, address :— S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer. P. O. Address, GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. Pier ONATUR AAS ES JOURNAE An Ideal Magazine for Collectors and Students of Natural History. Edited by H. K. SWANN, With the assistance of ALBERT H. WATERS, B.A., A. FORD and H. DURRANT. Price 2d monthly. Contains original articles on all branches of Natural History by well-known writers, Reports of Field Clubs and Societies, Monthly Hints for Field Naturalists, etc. ; also Free Exchange Column. Special attention is given to the recording of interesting captures and occurrences from all parts of the British Islands. Malacology receives prominent attention. During the next few months contributions from the following writers, among others, will appear :—Rev. HILpErRIc FRIEND, F.L.S.; G. H. Bryan, M.A.; Rev. E. N. BLooMFIELD, M.A., F.E.S.; ArrHur PATTERSON; E. W. Swanton; W. H. Batu, &c. Annual subscription, 2s. 6d. ; Vol. II. commenced July, 1893. Vol. I., unbound, post free, 1s. 3d. Specimen copy 14d. Address a/Z communications to H. Kk. Swann, 369, Euston Rd., London, N. W. May be ordered through any Bookseller. LONDON: ELLIOT STOCK, 62, PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE tee, Ase Et LakN , .Nwe Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on a CO ae) fC A. 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &e. CONTE N.S): — 1. Scripta misceilanea. 2. Faunz Malacologice. 3. Gasteropoda. 4. Lamellibranchiata. 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and Scaphopoda. 6. Cephalopoda. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and Brachiopeda). §&. Tunicata (Ascide and Salpez). 9. Mollusca fossilia. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list cf conchological literature. SENT CRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. iv THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. CONCHOLOGY, GEOLOGY, ZOOLOGY, &c, ROBERT F. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the Largest Stock of Natural History Specimens of any dealer in Great Britain. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 3? hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogues sent on Application. N.B.—A FINE SERIES OF FOSSIL FISHES. Thousands of Specimens to select from. SETS FROM 2X10 TO £100. G+. B. SOWwWHREY, 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 10s. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named and arranged. COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. BOOKS BY G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S. ‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum.” In Parts or Monographs. Parts 1 to 44. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species, Price, £1 15s. (41 Ios. net.) Marine Shells of South Africa. A catalogue of all the known species, with references, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. Price, 12s. net. THE IRISH NATURALIST. BWionthly Bournal of General Srish Biafural Hisforn. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.5Sce., AND R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A.,, M. RTA: Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland. Vol. I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater Mollusca,” by Dr. R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893), price 5s. Vol. III. (1894) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messrs. Eason & SON, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. Printed by MCCorquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. No. 4. DECEMBER, 121, 1804. Vol. Ill. THE JOURNAL MALACOLOGY Establishey in 1890 as “ The Conchologist, a Fournal of s¥alacologn.” | EDITED BY WALTER AE. COLEINGE, Mason Co.LitEGE, BIRMINGHAM 3 WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F-R:S:, F:G-S., F.Z.S:, &c:, HascomBe, GODALMING } REV. /A..He COOKE, M.A, F:Z:S., Ba Re SMIRSES 3 Baa Geb Zest, Kinc’s COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE ; LONDON ; CHARLES HEDLEY, .BsliS.. B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S., AUSTRALIAN Museum, Sypney, N.S.W. ; BritisH Museum (NaturAt History), Lonpon. 2 | Contents. PAGE “The Journal of Malacology.” & ae Zs ws E. R. Sykes, B:A., F-.Z.S. 61 Walter Edward Collinge : 3 J eee R. Macdonald, M.A., B.Sc. 62 A List of the Recent ee of the Genus Pzru/a, Lamarck, with notes respecting the synonymy. ays ‘ ‘ ac = ce .. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 64 On the Generative Anatomy of Aneie marginata, Drap., and some remarks on the | Genus. .. os : 3 : 3 46 ae a Walter E. Collinge. 7° Mollusca as Purifiers of Water. Se Se .. Charles Hedley, F.L.S. 73 Notes—~ Note on the Value of Lazsnodonta. .. ae E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. 73 | Reviews of the ‘‘ Manual of Conchology.”. .. H. A. Pilsbry & E.R.S. 74 Taylor’s Monograph of the British L. & F. Mollusca. W.E.C, 75 Current Literature , : ait é ae ( Collinge: Description of a new species of Janella. .. ae xc 76 Editor’s Notes. “‘The Journal of Malacology” is published once a quarter, and issued to subscribers only. The prepaid Annual Subscription is 4s. 4d. LONDON ach BL Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHO SQuARE. BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARISTRASSE II. All communications should be addressed— W. E. COLLINGE, MASON COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND. ‘ THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Published on the 15th of each Month.—Price Sixpence. NEW SERIES, THE BRITISH NATURALIST. A Popular Wagazine of General Batural Sisforp. EDITED BY JOSEPH SMITH, M.R.I.A., F.L.S., anv LINNAEUS GREENING, M.R.LA., F.L.S. Annual Subscription, 6s. (post free), to The Editors of ‘‘ British Naturalist,” 61, Legh Street, Warrington. - Lonpon: E. W. ALLEN, 4, Avemaria Lane. Dustin: EASON & SON. A LARGE AND CHOICE Stock of Recent Shelis for Sale or Exchange. Collections and Specimens bought. Typical Collections for Museums. EXCHANGES MADE FOR SPECIES NOT IN STOCK. A number of new and rare species of Land Shells recently received from China, India, Borneo, Sula and Natuna Is. Also fine marine species from Aden, &c. Glass-topped Boxes, Glass Tubes, Card Trays, &c., supplied promptly at moderate prices. Plan of sizes and price list on application. HUGH FULTON, 216, King’s Road, LONDON, S.W. DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W. Férussac et Deshayes.—Hist. Nat. gen. e. part, d. Moll. Paris, 1820-51, 4 vols. Fine copy, bound in Morocco, gilt top, plate mounted on guards. £24. Férussac et D’Orbigny.—Hist. Nat. d. Céphalopodes Acétab. viv. e. fos. Paris, 1835-48, 2 vols., 4to, cloth, with 144 plates (some coloured). £12. Hanley and Theobald.—Conchologica Indica. [Illustrations of the L. & F. Shells of British India. - London, 1876, 4to, 160 coloured plates, cloth, new (pub. at £8 5s.). 44 14s. 6d. Hudleston and Wilson.—Catal. of British Jurassic Gasteropoda. 1892. 8vo, cloth. 7s. 6d. Journal de Conchyliogie.—Complete set from the commencement in 1850 to the end of 1881. Paris, 29 vols., 8vo, numerous plates (mostly coloured). 417. Proc. of the Malacological Society of London.—Vol. i., No. 1, 8vo, with 2 plates. s/- net, postage extra. Our Catalogue of the Literature on Mollusca, 72 pp., will be sent post free on application. THE JOURNAL OF MARINE ZOOLOGY & MICROSCOPY. A PLAINLY-WORDED BIOLOGICAL QUARTERLY. Edited by JAMES HORNELL. Joint Director of the Jersey Biological Station. The first number now ready, contains among offer articles of general interest, the following :— ZOOLOGICAL SECTION.—({1) The Habits of the Octopus ; (2) The Colouration of Sponges ; (3) Albinism among Marine Animals; (4) Parti-colouration among Cephalopods; (5) The Hunting Tactics of the John Dory; (6) The Dispersion of Ova among Tube-building Worms, &c., &c. MICROSCOPICAL SECTION.—(1) On Lucernaria octoradiata; (2) On the Pelagic Worm Tomopteris ; (3) On the Pelagic Ascidian Sa/pa. The three Microscopical Studies deal in pleasant but exac¢ manner with the anatomy, life-history, and habits of the respective animals, and are accompanied by two hand-coloured plates of great excellence. Single numbers, 6d., by post 7d. Annual Subscription (payable in advance to SINEL & HORNELL, Biological Station, JERSEY), 2/-, post free. Jersey: SINEL & HORNELL. Lonvon: ELLIOT STOCK. LHE JOCRNAL OF MALACOLOGY. ill THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator. The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent molluscs, arranged according to natural affinities, and includes a large number of species never before figured or new to science. Issued in octavo. form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates. Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of which fourteen volumes have appeared. (The current volume will finish this series) and the SECOND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which eight volumes are completed. The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are fully equal to the best figures of shells published. Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. | Coloured Edition § 5:00 per part. Fine edition (both coloured aad india tinted plates) $ 8°00 per part. Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, JUN. A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one Cloth. Price, $6.00. For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the Manual, address :— S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer. P. O. Address, GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. Pie NATURALISTS MOURNE An Ideal Magazine for Collectors and Students of Natural History. Edited by H. K. SWANN, With the assistance of ALBERT H. WATERS, B.A., A. FORD and H. DURRANT. Price 2d monthly. Contains original articles on all branches of Natural History by well-known writers, Reports of Field Clubs and Societies, Monthly Hints for Field Naturalists, etc. ; also Free Exchange Column. Special attention is given to the recording of interesting captures and occurrences from all parts of the British Islands. Malacology receives prominent attention. During the next few months contributions from the following writers, among others, will appear:—Rey. HiLpErRIc FRIEND, F.L.S.; G. H. Bryan, M.A.; Rev. E. N. BLOOMFIELD, M.A., F.E.S.; ARTHUR PATTERSON ; E. W. SWANTON; W. H. BATH, &e. Annual subscription, 2s. 6d. ; Vol. II. commenced july, 1893. Vol. I. unbound, post free, 1s. 3d. Specimen copy 13d. Address all communications to H. K - SWANN, 360, Euston Rd. , London, N.W. May be ordered through any Bookseller. LONDON: ELLIOT STOCK, 62, PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CAECE S Tl RAS SE eiiteets Eo RL NN: iNav Just published, our Catalogue of the Literature on N/T CD ea ey > CO AL 106 pp., in roy. oct., with 2,500 titles of books, periodicals, papers, &c. CONTENTS :— 1. Scripta miscellanea. 2. Faunze Malacologice. 3. Gasteropoda. 4. Lamellibranchiata. 5. Heteropoda, Pteropoda, and Scaphopoda. 6. Cephalopoda. 7. Molluscoidea (Bryozoa, and Brachiopoda). 8. Tunicata (Ascid# and Salpz). 9. Mollusca fossilia. No previous Catalogue has ever been published containing so complete a list of conchological literature. SENT GRATIS AND POST FREE ON APPLICATION. iv THE. JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. CONCHOLOGY, GEOLOGY, ZOOLOGY, &c. ROBERT F. DAMON, WEYMOUTH, Has the Largest Stock of Natural History Specimens of any dealer in Great Britain. VALUABLE AND RARE COLLECTIONS PURCHASED. Weymouth is only 3} hours by rail from London. Abridged Catalogues sent on Application. N.B.—A FINE SERIES OF FOSSIL FISHES. Thousands of Specimens to select from. SETS FROM £10 TO £100. C3) SOW Eee 121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., Has the largest Stock of Recent Shells of any dealer in the world, from which selections may be made on the premises, or specimens sent for selection. Collections illustrative of Generic and Sub-Generic Forms and Species (from 100 to 5,000 Species), £1 Ios. to £500. Museum, Private Collections, and Specimens classified, named and arranged. COLLECTIONS PURCHASED, BOOKS BY G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S. “‘ Thesaurus Conchyliorum.” In Parts or Monographs. Parts 1 to 44. Illustrated Index of British Shells. New Edition (enlarged and revised, with 26 Coloured Plates), giving a figure of every known British species, Price, £1' 15s. (£1 10s. net) Marine Shells of South Africa. A catalogue of all the known species, with references, and figures of such as are new, little known, or hitherto unfigured. Price, 12s. net. THE IRISH NATURALIST. A Monthly Journal of General Brish Batural HMisfory. EDITED BY GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sce., AND R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.ILA. Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland. Vol. I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Trish Land and Freshwater Mollusca,” by Dr. R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893), price 5s. Vol. III. (1894) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s. Subscriptions should be sent to the publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son, 40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. Printed by MCCorquodale & Co. Limited, Leeds. oa ne DA att oes ee Microformed by Preservation Services mim #2071 _\ oie 3-22-44 Oarded in reese -t) PAIS i GI GOS YW ANIMA Woe? Se WW" ae ec WC alii i Js, Wego: Udy wd IU eid YESS 4 oh U v, oy : f wi UO Oe DE eI STAM gu MOONY va ty wwe pease UU ede VOC Y Wruyeec ue PU 5 v' COM Sno ae ve LY Vv iW v gon v d ue UY: fav Nid We Ww ae VY = as! VU Uv VY we eee wy Me a eee Mod YAN MUU Mg YM iv | SAS wee Mhekatenea nite apm vague ; iV one we , vy Me jmitly POY ; wy iw, Wess /A\ bee ue “AWG ¥ Vy) #5 UN WW, Uw wy | Ny v ae ) va way U MIMI AY vow Sees A Peewee cutest wile : Aw). MY po MOG e v rw vy * “ My | (Mua OO hd MGUY MM yy un ie ive Senta cv WY YY Wy Wyn Heraiyivtin sn ay yyyee Si v WS i Jy Sy ~ee, VU V U Shed AVIS ' Vane Went ¥ ¥ Vy MY iene es v =i “y We SC aA ae V V U Ae, WIG iy Pik OOOO eel ace aa. Vue, BM eM i ON WES OS A OY ae SOLS USGS UUM wae APIS —, AelhlUwel!. Slee Ulla kh eltltlt—‘i